Snapshot 44
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob6455f112dc3fe734044c9d66e6f47f7c3861766c
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custum_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 /*ARGSUSED*/
274 void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276 linenr_T lnum;
277 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280 int i;
281 #endif
283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287 redraw_later(VALID);
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290 if (invalid)
292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 if (i >= 0)
295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
297 #endif
301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
303 void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305 int type;
307 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308 update_screen(type);
312 * update_screen()
314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
317 void
318 update_screen(type)
319 int type;
321 win_T *wp;
322 static int did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324 int did_one;
325 #endif
327 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
328 return;
330 if (must_redraw)
332 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
333 type = must_redraw;
335 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
336 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
337 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
338 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
339 must_redraw = 0;
342 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
343 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
344 type = NOT_VALID;
346 if (!redrawing())
348 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
349 must_redraw = type;
350 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
351 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
352 return;
355 updating_screen = TRUE;
356 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
357 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
358 * display updating */
359 #endif
362 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
364 if (msg_scrolled)
366 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
367 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
368 type = CLEAR;
369 else if (type != CLEAR)
371 check_for_delay(FALSE);
372 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
373 type = CLEAR;
374 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
376 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
378 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
379 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
380 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
381 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
383 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
384 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
386 else
388 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
389 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
390 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
391 <= msg_scrolled)
392 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
393 #endif
397 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
398 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
399 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
400 #endif
402 msg_scrolled = 0;
403 need_wait_return = FALSE;
406 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
407 compute_cmdrow();
409 /* Check for changed highlighting */
410 if (need_highlight_changed)
411 highlight_changed();
413 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
415 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
416 type = NOT_VALID;
419 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
420 check_for_delay(FALSE);
422 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
423 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
424 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
425 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
426 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
427 #endif
430 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
432 if (type == INVERTED)
433 update_curswant();
434 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
435 && !((type == VALID
436 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
437 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
438 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
439 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
440 #endif
441 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
442 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
443 || (type == INVERTED
444 && VIsual_active
445 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
446 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
447 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
448 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
449 #endif
451 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
453 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
454 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
455 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
456 draw_tabline();
457 #endif
459 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
461 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
462 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
464 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
466 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
468 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
469 win_T *wwp;
471 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
472 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
473 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
474 break;
475 # endif
476 if (
477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
478 wwp == wp &&
479 # endif
480 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
481 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
484 #endif
487 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
488 * it.
490 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
491 did_one = FALSE;
492 #endif
493 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
494 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
495 #endif
496 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
498 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
500 cursor_off();
501 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
502 if (!did_one)
504 did_one = TRUE;
505 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
506 start_search_hl();
507 # endif
508 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
509 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
510 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
511 clip_update_selection();
512 # endif
513 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
514 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
515 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
516 * it. */
517 if (gui.in_use)
518 gui_undraw_cursor();
519 #endif
521 #endif
522 win_update(wp);
525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
526 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
527 if (wp->w_redr_status)
529 cursor_off();
530 win_redr_status(wp);
532 #endif
534 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
535 end_search_hl();
536 #endif
538 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
539 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
540 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
541 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
542 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
543 #else
544 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
545 #endif
547 updating_screen = FALSE;
548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
549 gui_may_resize_shell();
550 #endif
552 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
553 * mess up the command line. */
554 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
555 showmode();
557 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
558 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
559 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
560 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
561 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
562 #endif
563 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
564 intro_message(FALSE);
565 did_intro = TRUE;
567 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
568 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
569 * done. */
570 if (gui.in_use)
572 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
573 if (did_one)
574 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
575 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
577 #endif
580 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
581 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
582 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
585 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
587 static void
588 update_prepare()
590 cursor_off();
591 updating_screen = TRUE;
592 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
593 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
594 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
595 if (gui.in_use)
596 gui_undraw_cursor();
597 #endif
598 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
599 start_search_hl();
600 #endif
604 * Finish updating one or more windows.
606 static void
607 update_finish()
609 if (redraw_cmdline)
610 showmode();
612 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
613 end_search_hl();
614 # endif
616 updating_screen = FALSE;
618 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
619 gui_may_resize_shell();
621 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
622 * done. */
623 if (gui.in_use)
625 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
626 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
627 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
629 # endif
631 #endif
633 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
634 void
635 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
636 buf_T *buf;
637 linenr_T lnum;
639 win_T *wp;
640 int doit = FALSE;
642 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
643 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
644 # endif
646 /* update/delete a specific mark */
647 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
649 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
651 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
652 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
654 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
655 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
656 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
657 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
658 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
661 else
662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
663 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
664 doit = TRUE;
667 if (!doit)
668 return;
670 /* update all windows that need updating */
671 update_prepare();
673 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
674 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
676 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
677 win_update(wp);
678 if (wp->w_redr_status)
679 win_redr_status(wp);
681 # else
682 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
683 win_update(curwin);
684 # endif
686 update_finish();
688 #endif
691 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
693 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
694 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
696 void
697 updateWindow(wp)
698 win_T *wp;
700 update_prepare();
702 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
703 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
704 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
705 clip_update_selection();
706 #endif
708 win_update(wp);
710 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
711 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
712 if (redraw_tabline)
713 draw_tabline();
715 if (wp->w_redr_status
716 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
717 || p_ru
718 # endif
719 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
720 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
721 # endif
723 win_redr_status(wp);
724 #endif
726 update_finish();
728 #endif
731 * Update a single window.
733 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
734 * screen or scrolling lines).
736 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
737 * implies the one below it.
738 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
739 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
740 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
741 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
742 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
743 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
744 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
745 * 3. redraw changed text:
746 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
747 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
748 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
749 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
750 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
751 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
752 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
753 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
754 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
755 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
757 static void
758 win_update(wp)
759 win_T *wp;
761 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
762 int type;
763 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
764 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
765 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
766 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
767 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
768 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
769 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
770 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
771 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
772 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
773 w_topline got smaller a bit */
774 #endif
775 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
776 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
777 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
778 #endif
780 int row; /* current window row to display */
781 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
782 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
783 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
785 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
786 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
787 int i;
788 long j;
789 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
790 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
791 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
792 long fold_count;
793 #endif
794 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
795 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
796 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
797 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
798 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
799 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
800 int did_update = DID_NONE;
801 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
802 #endif
803 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
804 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
805 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
806 int save_got_int;
807 #endif
809 type = wp->w_redr_type;
811 if (type == NOT_VALID)
813 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
814 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
815 #endif
816 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
819 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
820 if (wp->w_height == 0)
822 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
823 return;
826 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
827 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
828 if (wp->w_width == 0)
830 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
831 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
832 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
833 return;
835 #endif
837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
838 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
839 * match */
840 cur = wp->w_match_head;
841 while (cur != NULL)
843 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
844 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
845 cur->hl.attr = 0;
846 else
847 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
848 cur->hl.buf = buf;
849 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
850 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
851 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
852 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
853 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
854 # endif
855 cur = cur->next;
857 search_hl.buf = buf;
858 search_hl.lnum = 0;
859 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
860 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
861 #endif
863 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
864 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
865 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
866 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
868 type = NOT_VALID;
869 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
871 else
872 #endif
874 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
877 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
878 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
879 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
881 type = NOT_VALID;
883 else
886 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
887 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
889 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
890 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
891 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
892 else
893 mod_bot = 0;
894 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
895 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
896 if (buf->b_mod_set)
898 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
900 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
901 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
902 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
903 * in a pattern match. */
904 if (syntax_present(buf))
906 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
907 if (mod_top < 1)
908 mod_top = 1;
910 #endif
912 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
913 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
915 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
916 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
917 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
918 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
919 * lines above the change.
920 * Same for a match pattern.
922 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
923 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
924 top_to_mod = TRUE;
925 else
927 cur = wp->w_match_head;
928 while (cur != NULL)
930 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
931 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
933 top_to_mod = TRUE;
934 break;
936 cur = cur->next;
939 #endif
941 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
942 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
944 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
947 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
948 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
949 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
950 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
951 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
954 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
955 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
956 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
957 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
958 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
959 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
960 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
961 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
963 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
964 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
965 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
967 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
968 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
969 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
970 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
971 ++lnumb;
975 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
976 if (mod_top > lnumt)
977 mod_top = lnumt;
979 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
980 --mod_bot;
981 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
982 ++mod_bot;
983 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
984 mod_bot = lnumb;
986 #endif
988 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
989 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
990 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
991 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
992 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
994 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
995 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
996 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
997 else if (syntax_present(buf))
998 top_end = 1;
999 #endif
1002 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1003 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1004 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1005 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1009 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1010 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1012 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1014 j = 0;
1015 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1017 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1018 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1020 top_end = j;
1021 break;
1024 if (top_end == 0)
1025 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1026 type = NOT_VALID;
1027 else
1028 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1029 type = VALID;
1032 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1033 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1034 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1035 * called. */
1036 if (screen_cleared)
1037 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1040 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1041 * handle three cases:
1042 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1043 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1044 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1045 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1047 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1048 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1049 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1050 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1051 #endif
1054 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1057 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1058 * further down.
1061 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1062 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1063 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1064 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1065 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1066 #endif
1070 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1072 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1073 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1075 linenr_T ln;
1077 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1078 * of folded lines as one */
1079 j = 0;
1080 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1082 ++j;
1083 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1084 break;
1085 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1088 else
1089 #endif
1090 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1091 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1093 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1094 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1095 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1096 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1097 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1098 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1099 #endif
1100 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1103 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1104 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1105 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1107 if (i > 0)
1108 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1109 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1111 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1113 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1114 * first one that scrolled down. */
1115 top_end = i;
1116 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1117 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1118 #endif
1120 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1121 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1122 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1123 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1124 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1125 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1126 while (idx >= 0)
1127 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1130 else
1131 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1133 else
1134 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1136 else
1137 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1139 else
1142 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1143 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1144 * needs updating.
1147 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1148 j = -1;
1149 row = 0;
1150 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1152 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1153 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1155 j = i;
1156 break;
1158 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1160 if (j == -1)
1162 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1163 * lines */
1164 mid_start = 0;
1166 else
1169 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1170 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1173 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1174 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1175 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1176 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1177 else
1178 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1179 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1180 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1181 #endif
1182 if (row > 0)
1184 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1185 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1186 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1187 else
1188 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1190 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1193 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1194 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1195 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1196 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1198 bot_start = 0;
1199 idx = 0;
1200 for (;;)
1202 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1203 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1204 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1205 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1206 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1208 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1209 break;
1211 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1213 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1214 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1216 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1217 break;
1220 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1221 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1222 * when it won't get updated below. */
1223 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1224 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1225 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1226 + wp->w_topfill;
1227 #endif
1232 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1233 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1234 * first. */
1235 if (mid_start == 0)
1237 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1238 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1240 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1241 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1242 * then. */
1243 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1244 screenclear();
1245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1246 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1247 if (redraw_tabline)
1248 draw_tabline();
1249 #endif
1253 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1254 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1255 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1256 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1257 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1258 must_redraw = 0;
1260 else
1262 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1263 mid_start = 0;
1264 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1267 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1269 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1270 mid_start = 0;
1271 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1272 type = NOT_VALID;
1275 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1276 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1277 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1278 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1280 linenr_T from, to;
1282 if (VIsual_active)
1284 if (VIsual_active
1285 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1286 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1289 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1290 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1291 * gained or lost.
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1295 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1296 to = VIsual.lnum;
1298 else
1300 from = VIsual.lnum;
1301 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1303 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1304 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1305 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1306 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1307 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1308 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1309 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1310 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1311 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1313 else
1316 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1317 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1318 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1322 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1323 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1325 else
1327 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1328 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1329 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1330 from = to;
1333 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1334 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1336 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1337 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1338 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1339 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1340 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1341 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1342 from = VIsual.lnum;
1343 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1344 to = VIsual.lnum;
1349 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1350 * update all lines.
1351 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1353 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1355 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1357 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1358 ++toc;
1359 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1360 toc = MAXCOL;
1362 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1363 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1365 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1366 from = VIsual.lnum;
1367 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1368 to = VIsual.lnum;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1371 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1374 else
1376 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1377 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1379 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1380 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1382 else
1384 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1385 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1390 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1392 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1393 from = wp->w_topline;
1396 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1397 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1399 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1401 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1402 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1403 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1404 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1408 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1409 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1410 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1411 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1412 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1413 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1414 * mid_end (in srow).
1416 if (mid_start > 0)
1418 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1419 idx = 0;
1420 srow = 0;
1421 if (scrolled_down)
1422 mid_start = top_end;
1423 else
1424 mid_start = 0;
1425 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1427 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1428 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1429 else if (!scrolled_down)
1430 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1431 ++idx;
1432 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1433 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1434 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1435 else
1436 # endif
1437 ++lnum;
1439 srow += mid_start;
1440 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1441 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1443 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1444 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1446 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1447 mid_end = srow;
1448 break;
1450 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1455 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1457 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1458 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1460 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1461 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1463 else
1465 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1468 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1470 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1472 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1473 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1474 save_got_int = got_int;
1475 got_int = 0;
1476 #endif
1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1478 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1479 #endif
1482 * Update all the window rows.
1484 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1485 row = 0;
1486 srow = 0;
1487 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1488 for (;;)
1490 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1491 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1492 if (row == wp->w_height)
1494 didline = TRUE;
1495 break;
1498 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1499 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1501 eof = TRUE;
1502 break;
1505 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1506 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1507 srow = row;
1510 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1511 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1512 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1513 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1514 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1515 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1516 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1518 if (row < top_end
1519 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1520 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1521 || top_to_mod
1522 #endif
1523 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1524 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1525 || (mod_top != 0
1526 && (lnum == mod_top
1527 || (lnum >= mod_top
1528 && (lnum < mod_bot
1529 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1530 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1531 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1532 && syntax_present(buf)
1533 && (
1534 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1535 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1536 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1537 # endif
1538 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1539 #endif
1540 )))))
1542 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1543 if (lnum == mod_top)
1544 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1545 #endif
1548 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1549 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1550 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1551 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1553 if (lnum == mod_top
1554 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1555 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1557 int old_rows = 0;
1558 int new_rows = 0;
1559 int xtra_rows;
1560 linenr_T l;
1562 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1563 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1564 * currently displayed. */
1565 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1567 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1568 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1569 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1570 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1571 break;
1572 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1573 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1574 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1575 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1577 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1578 * Add following invalid entries. */
1579 ++i;
1580 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1581 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1583 break;
1585 #endif
1588 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1590 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1591 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1592 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1593 bot_start = 0;
1595 else
1597 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1598 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1599 j = idx;
1600 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1602 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1603 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1604 ++new_rows;
1605 else
1606 #endif
1607 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1608 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1609 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1610 + wp->w_topfill;
1611 else
1612 #endif
1613 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1614 ++j;
1615 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1617 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1618 new_rows = 9999;
1619 break;
1622 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1623 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1625 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1626 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1627 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1628 * below the scrolled text. */
1629 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1630 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1631 else
1633 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1634 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1635 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1636 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1637 else
1638 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1641 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1643 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1644 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1645 * rest. */
1646 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1647 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1648 else
1650 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1651 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1652 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1653 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1654 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1655 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1656 * updating down. */
1657 top_end += xtra_rows;
1661 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1662 * entries. */
1663 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1665 if (j < i)
1667 int x = row + new_rows;
1669 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1670 for (;;)
1672 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1673 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1675 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1676 break;
1678 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1679 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1680 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1681 > wp->w_height)
1683 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1684 break;
1686 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1687 ++i;
1689 if (bot_start > x)
1690 bot_start = x;
1692 else /* j > i */
1694 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1695 j -= i;
1696 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1697 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1698 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1699 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1700 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1702 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1703 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1704 * Reset to zero. */
1705 while (i >= idx)
1707 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1708 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1715 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1717 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1718 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1719 * 'wrap' is on).
1721 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1722 if (fold_count != 0)
1724 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1725 ++row;
1726 --fold_count;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1728 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1729 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1730 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1731 # endif
1733 else
1734 #endif
1735 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1737 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1738 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1739 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1740 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1741 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1742 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1743 #endif
1746 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1747 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1748 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1750 else
1752 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1753 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1754 #endif
1755 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1756 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1757 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1758 && syntax_present(buf))
1759 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1760 #endif
1763 * Display one line.
1765 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1767 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1769 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1770 #endif
1771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1772 did_update = DID_LINE;
1773 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1774 #endif
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1779 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1781 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1782 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1783 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1784 ++idx;
1785 break;
1787 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1789 ++idx;
1790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1791 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1792 #else
1793 ++lnum;
1794 #endif
1796 else
1798 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1799 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1800 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1801 break;
1802 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1803 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1804 #else
1805 ++lnum;
1806 #endif
1807 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1808 did_update = DID_NONE;
1809 #endif
1812 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1814 eof = TRUE;
1815 break;
1819 * End of loop over all window lines.
1823 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1824 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1826 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1828 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1830 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1831 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1832 #endif
1835 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1836 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1838 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1841 #endif
1842 if (!eof && !didline)
1844 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1847 * Single line that does not fit!
1848 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1850 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1852 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1853 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1855 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1856 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1857 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1859 #endif
1860 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1863 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1865 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1866 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1867 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1868 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1869 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1870 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1872 else
1874 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1875 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1878 else
1880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1881 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1882 #endif
1883 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1885 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1886 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1887 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1888 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1891 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1893 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1894 i = '-';
1895 else
1896 i = fill_diff;
1897 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1898 j = wp->w_height - row;
1899 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1900 row += j;
1902 #endif
1904 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1905 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1907 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1908 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1909 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1912 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1913 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1914 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1915 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1916 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1917 #endif
1919 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1922 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1923 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1924 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1925 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1926 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1927 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1928 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1929 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1930 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1931 * changes are relevant).
1933 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1934 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1936 recursive = TRUE;
1937 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1938 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1939 if (must_redraw != 0)
1941 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1942 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1943 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1944 win_update(curwin);
1945 must_redraw = 0;
1946 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1948 recursive = FALSE;
1952 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1953 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1954 if (!got_int)
1955 got_int = save_got_int;
1956 #endif
1959 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1960 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1963 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1965 static int
1966 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1967 win_T *wp;
1969 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1970 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1971 || usingNetbeans
1972 # endif
1975 #endif
1978 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1979 * as the filler character.
1981 static void
1982 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1983 win_T *wp;
1984 int c1;
1985 int c2;
1986 int row;
1987 int endrow;
1988 hlf_T hl;
1990 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1991 int n = 0;
1992 # define FDC_OFF n
1993 #else
1994 # define FDC_OFF 0
1995 #endif
1997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1998 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2000 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2001 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2002 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2004 if (n > 0)
2006 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2007 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2008 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2009 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2010 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2011 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2013 # endif
2014 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2015 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2017 int nn = n + 2;
2019 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2020 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2021 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2022 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2023 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2024 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2025 n = nn;
2027 # endif
2028 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2029 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2030 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2031 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2032 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2033 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2035 else
2036 #endif
2038 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2039 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2041 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2042 n = 1;
2043 if (n > wp->w_width)
2044 n = wp->w_width;
2045 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2046 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2047 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2049 #endif
2050 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2051 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2053 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2055 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2056 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2057 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2058 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2059 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2060 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2061 n = nn;
2063 #endif
2064 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2065 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2067 int nn = n + 2;
2069 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2070 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2071 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2072 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2073 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2074 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2075 n = nn;
2077 #endif
2078 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2079 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2080 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2082 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2085 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2087 * Display one folded line.
2089 static void
2090 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2091 win_T *wp;
2092 long fold_count;
2093 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2094 linenr_T lnum;
2095 int row;
2097 char_u buf[51];
2098 pos_T *top, *bot;
2099 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2100 int len;
2101 char_u *text;
2102 int fdc;
2103 int col;
2104 int txtcol;
2105 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2106 int ri;
2108 /* Build the fold line:
2109 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2110 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2111 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2112 * 4. Compose the text
2113 * 5. Add the text
2114 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2116 col = 0;
2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2120 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2122 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2123 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2125 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2126 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2128 if (enc_utf8)
2129 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2130 #endif
2131 ++col;
2133 #endif
2136 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2138 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2139 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2140 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2141 if (fdc > 0)
2143 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2145 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2147 int i;
2149 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2150 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2151 /* reverse the fold column */
2152 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2153 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2155 else
2156 #endif
2157 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2158 col += fdc;
2161 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2162 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2163 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2164 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2165 else \
2166 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2167 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2168 #else
2169 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2170 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2171 #endif
2173 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2174 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2176 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2177 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2178 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2180 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2181 if (len > 0)
2183 if (len > 2)
2184 len = 2;
2185 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2186 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2187 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2188 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2189 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2190 else
2191 # endif
2192 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2193 col += len;
2196 #endif
2199 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2201 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2203 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2204 if (len > 0)
2206 int w = number_width(wp);
2208 if (len > w + 1)
2209 len = w + 1;
2210 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2212 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2213 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2214 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2215 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2216 else
2217 #endif
2218 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2219 col += len;
2224 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2226 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2228 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2231 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2232 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2233 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2236 if (has_mbyte)
2238 int cells;
2239 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2240 int i;
2241 int idx;
2242 int c_len;
2243 char_u *p;
2244 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2245 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2246 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2247 # endif
2249 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2250 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2251 idx = off;
2252 else
2253 # endif
2254 idx = off + col;
2256 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2257 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2259 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2260 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2261 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2262 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2263 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2264 # endif
2266 break;
2267 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2268 if (enc_utf8)
2270 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2271 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2273 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2274 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2275 prev_c = u8c;
2276 #endif
2278 else
2280 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2281 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2283 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2284 int pc, pc1, nc;
2285 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2286 int firstbyte = *p;
2288 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2289 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2290 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2292 pc = prev_c;
2293 pc1 = prev_c1;
2294 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2295 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2297 else
2299 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2300 nc = prev_c;
2301 pc1 = pcc[0];
2303 prev_c = u8c;
2305 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2306 pc, pc1, nc);
2307 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2309 else
2310 prev_c = u8c;
2311 #endif
2312 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2313 #ifdef UNICODE16
2314 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2315 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2316 else
2317 #endif
2318 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2319 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2321 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2322 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2323 break;
2326 if (cells > 1)
2327 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2329 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2331 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2332 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2333 else
2334 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2336 col += cells;
2337 idx += cells;
2338 p += c_len;
2341 else
2342 #endif
2344 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2345 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2346 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2347 if (len > 0)
2349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2350 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2351 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2352 else
2353 #endif
2354 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2355 col += len;
2359 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2360 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2361 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2362 col -= txtcol;
2363 #endif
2364 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2365 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2366 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2367 #endif
2370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2371 if (enc_utf8)
2373 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2375 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2376 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2378 else
2379 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2381 #endif
2382 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2385 if (text != buf)
2386 vim_free(text);
2389 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2390 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2392 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2393 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2395 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2397 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2398 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2399 bot = &VIsual;
2401 else
2403 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2404 top = &VIsual;
2405 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2407 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2408 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2409 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2410 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2411 || (lnum == top->lnum
2412 && top->col == 0))
2413 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2414 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2415 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2416 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2418 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2420 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2421 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2424 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2425 else
2426 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2427 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2428 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2431 else
2433 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2434 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2438 #endif
2440 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2441 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2442 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2444 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2445 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2446 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2447 else
2448 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2449 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2451 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2453 #endif
2455 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2456 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2459 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2460 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2462 if (wp == curwin
2463 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2464 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2466 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2467 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2468 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2469 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2474 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2476 static void
2477 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2478 int off;
2479 char_u *buf;
2480 int len;
2481 int attr;
2483 int i;
2485 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2486 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2487 if (enc_utf8)
2488 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2489 # endif
2490 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2491 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2495 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2496 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2498 static void
2499 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2500 char_u *p;
2501 win_T *wp;
2502 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2503 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2505 int i = 0;
2506 int level;
2507 int first_level;
2508 int empty;
2510 /* Init to all spaces. */
2511 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2513 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2514 if (level > 0)
2516 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2517 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2519 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2520 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2521 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2522 if (first_level < 1)
2523 first_level = 1;
2525 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2527 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2528 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2529 p[i] = '-';
2530 else if (first_level == 1)
2531 p[i] = '|';
2532 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2533 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2534 else
2535 p[i] = '>';
2536 if (first_level + i == level)
2537 break;
2540 if (closed)
2541 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2543 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2546 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2547 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2548 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2550 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2552 /* ARGSUSED */
2553 static int
2554 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2555 win_T *wp;
2556 linenr_T lnum;
2557 int startrow;
2558 int endrow;
2559 int nochange; /* not updating for changed text */
2561 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2562 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2563 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2564 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2565 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2566 char_u *line; /* current line */
2567 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2568 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2569 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2571 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2572 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2573 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2574 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2575 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2576 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2577 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2578 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2579 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2581 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2582 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2583 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2584 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2585 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2587 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2588 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2589 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2590 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2592 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2594 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2595 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2596 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2597 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2598 pos_T *top, *bot;
2599 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2600 #endif
2601 pos_T pos;
2602 long v;
2604 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2605 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2606 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2607 in this line */
2608 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2609 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2610 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2611 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2612 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2613 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2614 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2615 int save_did_emsg;
2616 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2617 #endif
2618 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2619 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2620 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2621 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2622 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2623 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2624 starts */
2625 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2626 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2627 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2628 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2629 * there are no spell errors */
2630 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2631 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2632 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2633 #endif
2634 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2636 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2637 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2638 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2639 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2640 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2641 #endif
2642 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2643 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2644 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2645 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2646 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2647 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2648 #endif
2649 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2650 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2651 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2652 #endif
2653 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2654 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2655 # define LINE_ATTR
2656 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2657 #endif
2658 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2659 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2660 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2661 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2662 has been processed or not */
2663 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2664 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2665 of the matches */
2666 #endif
2667 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2668 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2669 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2670 #endif
2671 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2672 int did_line_attr = 0;
2673 #endif
2675 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2676 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2677 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2678 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2679 #else
2680 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2681 #endif
2682 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2683 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2684 #else
2685 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2686 #endif
2687 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2688 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2689 #else
2690 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2691 #endif
2692 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2693 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2694 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2695 #else
2696 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2697 #endif
2698 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2699 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2700 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2701 int feedback_col = 0;
2702 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2703 #endif
2706 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2707 return startrow;
2709 row = startrow;
2710 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2713 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2714 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2716 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2717 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2718 #else
2719 extra_check = 0;
2720 #endif
2721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2722 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2724 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2725 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2726 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2727 did_emsg = FALSE;
2728 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2729 if (did_emsg)
2730 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2731 else
2733 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2734 has_syntax = TRUE;
2735 extra_check = TRUE;
2738 #endif
2740 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2741 if (wp->w_p_spell
2742 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2743 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2744 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2746 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2747 has_spell = TRUE;
2748 extra_check = TRUE;
2750 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2751 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2752 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2753 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2754 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2756 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2757 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2760 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2761 * line is valid. */
2762 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2763 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2764 checked_lnum = 0;
2766 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2767 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2768 * the first word. */
2769 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2770 cap_col = -1;
2771 if (lnum == 1)
2772 cap_col = 0;
2773 capcol_lnum = 0;
2775 #endif
2778 * handle visual active in this window
2780 fromcol = -10;
2781 tocol = MAXCOL;
2782 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2783 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2785 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2786 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2788 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2789 bot = &VIsual;
2791 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2793 top = &VIsual;
2794 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2796 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2797 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2799 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2801 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2802 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2805 else /* non-block mode */
2807 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2808 fromcol = 0;
2809 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2811 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2812 fromcol = 0;
2813 else
2815 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2816 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2817 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2820 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2822 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2823 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2824 && bot->coladd == 0
2825 #endif
2828 fromcol = -10;
2829 tocol = MAXCOL;
2831 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2832 tocol = MAXCOL;
2833 else
2835 pos = *bot;
2836 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2837 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2838 else
2840 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2841 ++tocol;
2847 #ifndef MSDOS
2848 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2849 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2850 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2851 && !gui.in_use
2852 # endif
2854 noinvcur = TRUE;
2855 #endif
2857 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2858 if (fromcol >= 0)
2860 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2861 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2862 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2863 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2864 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2865 #endif
2870 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2872 else
2873 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2874 if (highlight_match
2875 && wp == curwin
2876 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2877 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2879 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2880 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2881 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2882 else
2883 fromcol = 0;
2884 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2886 pos.lnum = lnum;
2887 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2888 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2890 else
2891 tocol = MAXCOL;
2892 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2893 if (fromcol == tocol)
2894 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2895 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2896 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2899 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2900 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2901 if (filler_lines < 0)
2903 if (filler_lines == -1)
2905 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2906 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2907 else if (change_start == 0)
2908 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2909 else
2910 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2912 else
2913 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2914 filler_lines = 0;
2915 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2917 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2918 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2919 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2920 #endif
2922 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2923 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2924 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2925 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2926 if (v != 0)
2927 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2928 # endif
2929 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2930 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2931 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2932 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2933 # endif
2934 if (line_attr != 0)
2935 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2936 #endif
2938 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2939 ptr = line;
2941 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2942 if (has_spell)
2944 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2945 if (cap_col == 0)
2946 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2948 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2949 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2950 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2951 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2953 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2954 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2955 nextline_idx = 0;
2957 else
2959 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2960 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2962 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2963 * next line. */
2964 nextlinecol = 0;
2965 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2966 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2967 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2969 else
2971 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2972 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2973 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2974 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2978 #endif
2980 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2981 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2983 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2984 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2985 --trailcol;
2986 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2987 extra_check = TRUE;
2991 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2992 * first character to be displayed.
2994 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2995 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2996 else
2997 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2998 if (v > 0)
3000 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3001 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3002 #endif
3003 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3005 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3006 vcol += c;
3007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3008 prev_ptr = ptr;
3009 #endif
3010 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3013 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3014 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
3015 * start of the displayed part. */
3016 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
3017 vcol = v;
3018 #endif
3020 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3021 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3022 if (vcol > v)
3024 vcol -= c;
3025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3026 ptr = prev_ptr;
3027 #else
3028 --ptr;
3029 #endif
3030 n_skip = v - vcol;
3034 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3035 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3037 if (tocol <= vcol)
3038 fromcol = 0;
3039 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3040 fromcol = vcol;
3042 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3043 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3044 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3045 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3046 #endif
3047 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3048 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3049 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3050 if (has_spell)
3052 int len;
3053 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3054 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3056 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3057 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3058 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3059 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3061 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3062 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3063 ptr = line + linecol;
3065 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3067 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3068 * word */
3069 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3070 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3071 - line + 1);
3073 else
3075 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3076 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3078 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3079 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3080 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3082 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3084 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3085 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3086 if (has_syntax)
3087 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3088 # endif
3090 #endif
3094 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3095 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3097 if (fromcol >= 0)
3099 if (noinvcur)
3101 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3103 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3104 * cursor */
3105 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3106 fromcol = -1;
3108 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3109 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3110 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3112 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3113 fromcol = -1;
3116 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3118 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3119 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3121 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3122 shl_flag = FALSE;
3123 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3125 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3127 shl = &search_hl;
3128 shl_flag = TRUE;
3130 else
3131 shl = &cur->hl;
3132 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3133 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3134 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3135 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3137 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3138 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3140 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3141 * invalid. */
3142 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3143 ptr = line + v;
3145 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3147 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3148 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3149 else
3150 shl->startcol = 0;
3151 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3152 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3153 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3154 else
3155 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3156 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3157 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3160 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3161 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3162 else
3163 #endif
3164 ++shl->endcol;
3166 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3168 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3169 search_attr = shl->attr;
3171 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3174 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3175 cur = cur->next;
3177 #endif
3179 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3180 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3181 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3182 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3184 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3185 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3187 #endif
3189 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3190 col = 0;
3191 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3192 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3194 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3195 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3196 * rightmost column of the window. */
3197 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3198 off += col;
3200 #endif
3203 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3205 for (;;)
3207 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3208 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3210 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3211 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3213 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3214 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3216 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3217 n_extra = 1;
3218 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3219 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3222 #endif
3224 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3225 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3227 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3228 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3230 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3231 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3232 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3233 p_extra = extra;
3234 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3235 c_extra = NUL;
3236 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3239 #endif
3241 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3242 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3244 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3245 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3246 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3247 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3248 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3249 && filler_todo <= 0
3250 # endif
3253 int_u text_sign;
3254 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3255 int_u icon_sign;
3256 # endif
3258 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3259 c_extra = ' ';
3260 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3261 n_extra = 2;
3263 if (row == startrow)
3265 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3266 SIGN_TEXT);
3267 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3268 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3269 SIGN_ICON);
3270 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3272 /* Use the image in this position. */
3273 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3274 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3275 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3276 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3277 # endif
3278 char_attr = icon_sign;
3280 else
3281 # endif
3282 if (text_sign != 0)
3284 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3285 if (p_extra != NULL)
3287 c_extra = NUL;
3288 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3290 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3295 #endif
3297 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3299 draw_state = WL_NR;
3300 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3301 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3302 if (wp->w_p_nu
3303 && (row == startrow
3304 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3305 + filler_lines
3306 #endif
3307 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3309 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3310 if (row == startrow
3311 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3312 + filler_lines
3313 #endif
3316 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3317 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3318 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3319 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3320 *p_extra = '-';
3321 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3322 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3323 rl_mirror(extra);
3324 #endif
3325 p_extra = extra;
3326 c_extra = NUL;
3328 else
3329 c_extra = ' ';
3330 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3331 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3332 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3333 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3334 * the current line differently. */
3335 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3336 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3337 #endif
3341 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3342 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3344 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3345 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3346 if (filler_todo > 0)
3348 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3349 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3350 c_extra = '-';
3351 else
3352 c_extra = fill_diff;
3353 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3354 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3355 n_extra = col + 1;
3356 else
3357 # endif
3358 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3359 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3361 # endif
3362 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3363 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3365 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3366 p_extra = p_sbr;
3367 c_extra = NUL;
3368 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3369 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3370 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3371 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3372 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3373 if (tocol == vcol)
3374 tocol += n_extra;
3376 # endif
3378 #endif
3380 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3382 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3383 if (saved_n_extra)
3385 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3386 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3387 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3388 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3389 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3391 else
3392 char_attr = 0;
3396 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3397 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3398 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3399 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3400 && filler_todo <= 0
3401 #endif
3404 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3405 wp->w_p_rl);
3406 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3407 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3408 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3409 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3410 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3411 else
3412 #endif
3413 row = wp->w_height;
3414 break;
3417 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3419 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3420 if (vcol == fromcol
3421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3422 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3423 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3424 #endif
3425 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3426 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3427 && vcol < tocol))
3428 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3429 else if (area_attr != 0
3430 && (vcol == tocol
3431 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3432 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3434 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3435 if (!n_extra)
3438 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3439 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3440 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3441 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3442 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3443 * priority).
3445 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3446 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3447 shl_flag = FALSE;
3448 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3450 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3451 && ((cur != NULL
3452 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3453 || cur == NULL))
3455 shl = &search_hl;
3456 shl_flag = TRUE;
3458 else
3459 shl = &cur->hl;
3460 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3462 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3463 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3464 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3466 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3468 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3470 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3472 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3474 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3475 * may have made it invalid. */
3476 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3477 ptr = line + v;
3479 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3481 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3482 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3483 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3484 else
3485 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3487 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3489 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3490 * it */
3491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3492 if (has_mbyte)
3493 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3494 + shl->endcol);
3495 else
3496 #endif
3497 ++shl->endcol;
3500 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3501 * current position */
3502 continue;
3505 break;
3507 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3508 cur = cur->next;
3511 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3512 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3513 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3514 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3515 shl_flag = FALSE;
3516 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3518 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3519 && ((cur != NULL
3520 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3521 || cur == NULL))
3523 shl = &search_hl;
3524 shl_flag = TRUE;
3526 else
3527 shl = &cur->hl;
3528 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3529 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3530 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3531 cur = cur->next;
3534 #endif
3536 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3537 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3539 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3540 && n_extra == 0)
3541 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3542 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3543 && n_extra == 0)
3544 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3545 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3547 #endif
3549 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3550 attr_pri = TRUE;
3551 if (area_attr != 0)
3552 char_attr = area_attr;
3553 else if (search_attr != 0)
3554 char_attr = search_attr;
3555 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3556 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3557 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3558 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3559 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3560 || vcol >= tocol))
3561 char_attr = line_attr;
3562 #endif
3563 else
3565 attr_pri = FALSE;
3566 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3567 if (has_syntax)
3568 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3569 else
3570 #endif
3571 char_attr = 0;
3576 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3579 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3580 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3581 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3582 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3583 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3584 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3586 if (n_extra > 0)
3588 if (c_extra != NUL)
3590 c = c_extra;
3591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3592 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3593 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3595 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3596 u8cc[0] = 0;
3597 c = 0xc0;
3599 else
3600 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3601 #endif
3603 else
3605 c = *p_extra;
3606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3607 if (has_mbyte)
3609 mb_c = c;
3610 if (enc_utf8)
3612 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3613 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3614 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3615 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3616 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3617 mb_l = 1;
3618 else if (mb_l > 1)
3620 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3621 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3622 c = 0xc0;
3625 else
3627 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3628 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3629 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3630 mb_l = 1;
3631 else if (mb_l > 1)
3632 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3634 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3635 mb_l = 1;
3637 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3638 * last column. */
3639 if ((
3640 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3641 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3642 # endif
3643 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3644 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3646 c = '>';
3647 mb_c = c;
3648 mb_l = 1;
3649 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3650 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3651 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3652 * character at the start of the next line. */
3653 ++n_extra;
3654 --p_extra;
3656 else
3658 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3659 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3662 #endif
3663 ++p_extra;
3665 --n_extra;
3667 else
3670 * Get a character from the line itself.
3672 c = *ptr;
3673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3674 if (has_mbyte)
3676 mb_c = c;
3677 if (enc_utf8)
3679 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3680 * into "mb_c". */
3681 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3682 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3683 if (mb_l > 1)
3685 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3686 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3687 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3688 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3689 c = mb_c;
3690 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3692 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3693 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3694 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3696 int i;
3698 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3699 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3700 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3701 mb_c = ' ';
3705 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3706 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3707 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3708 # ifdef UNICODE16
3709 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3710 # endif
3714 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3715 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3717 # ifdef UNICODE16
3718 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3719 # endif
3721 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3722 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3723 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3724 rl_mirror(extra);
3725 # endif
3727 # ifdef UNICODE16
3728 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3729 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3730 else
3731 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3732 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3733 # endif
3735 p_extra = extra;
3736 c = *p_extra;
3737 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3738 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3739 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3740 c_extra = NUL;
3741 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3743 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3744 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3745 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3748 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3749 mb_l = 1;
3750 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3751 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3753 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3754 int pc, pc1, nc;
3755 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3757 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3758 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3759 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3761 pc = prev_c;
3762 pc1 = prev_c1;
3763 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3764 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3766 else
3768 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3769 nc = prev_c;
3770 pc1 = pcc[0];
3772 prev_c = mb_c;
3774 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3776 else
3777 prev_c = mb_c;
3778 #endif
3780 else /* enc_dbcs */
3782 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3783 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3784 mb_l = 1;
3785 else if (mb_l > 1)
3787 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3788 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3790 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3791 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3792 else
3794 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3796 /* head byte at end of line */
3797 mb_l = 1;
3798 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3800 else
3802 /* illegal tail byte */
3803 mb_l = 2;
3804 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3806 p_extra = extra;
3807 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3808 c_extra = NUL;
3809 c = *p_extra++;
3810 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3812 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3813 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3814 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3816 mb_c = c;
3820 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3821 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3822 * next line. */
3823 if ((
3824 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3825 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3826 # endif
3827 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3828 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3830 c = '>';
3831 mb_c = c;
3832 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3833 mb_l = 1;
3834 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3835 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3836 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3837 --ptr;
3839 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3840 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3842 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3843 * a '<' in the first column. */
3844 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3846 n_extra = 1;
3847 c_extra = '<';
3848 c = ' ';
3849 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3851 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3852 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3853 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3855 mb_c = c;
3856 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3857 mb_l = 1;
3861 #endif
3862 ++ptr;
3864 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3865 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3866 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3867 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3868 #endif
3869 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3871 c = lcs_nbsp;
3872 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3874 n_attr = 1;
3875 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3876 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3879 mb_c = c;
3880 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3882 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3883 u8cc[0] = 0;
3884 c = 0xc0;
3886 else
3887 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3888 #endif
3891 if (extra_check)
3893 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3894 int can_spell = TRUE;
3895 #endif
3897 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3898 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3899 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3900 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3901 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3903 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3904 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3905 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3906 did_emsg = FALSE;
3908 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3909 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3910 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3911 # endif
3912 NULL, FALSE);
3914 if (did_emsg)
3916 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3917 has_syntax = FALSE;
3919 else
3920 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3922 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3923 * have made it invalid. */
3924 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3925 ptr = line + v;
3927 if (!attr_pri)
3928 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3929 else
3930 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3932 #endif
3934 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3935 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3936 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3937 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3938 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3939 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3941 spell_attr = 0;
3942 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3943 if (!attr_pri)
3944 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3945 # endif
3946 if (c != 0 && (
3947 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3948 !has_syntax ||
3949 # endif
3950 can_spell))
3952 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3953 int len;
3954 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3955 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3956 if (has_mbyte)
3958 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3959 v -= mb_l - 1;
3961 else
3962 # endif
3963 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3965 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3966 * next line concatenated. */
3967 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3968 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3969 else
3970 p = prev_ptr;
3971 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3972 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3973 nochange);
3974 word_end = v + len;
3976 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3977 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3978 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3979 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3980 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3981 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3982 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3983 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3985 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3986 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3989 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3990 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3992 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3993 * start of the next line. */
3994 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3995 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3998 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3999 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
4000 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4002 if (cap_col > 0)
4004 if (p != prev_ptr
4005 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4007 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4008 * must start with a capital. */
4009 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4010 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4011 - nextline_idx);
4013 else
4014 /* Compute the actual column. */
4015 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4019 if (spell_attr != 0)
4021 if (!attr_pri)
4022 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4023 else
4024 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4026 #endif
4027 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4029 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4031 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4032 && !wp->w_p_list)
4034 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4035 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4036 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4037 # endif
4038 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4039 c_extra = ' ';
4040 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4041 c = ' ';
4043 #endif
4045 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4047 c = lcs_trail;
4048 if (!attr_pri)
4050 n_attr = 1;
4051 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4052 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4055 mb_c = c;
4056 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4058 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4059 u8cc[0] = 0;
4060 c = 0xc0;
4062 else
4063 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4064 #endif
4069 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4071 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4074 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4075 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4076 * into "ScreenLines".
4078 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4080 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4081 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4082 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4084 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4085 #endif
4086 if (wp->w_p_list)
4088 c = lcs_tab1;
4089 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4090 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4091 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4092 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4094 mb_c = c;
4095 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4097 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4098 u8cc[0] = 0;
4099 c = 0xc0;
4101 #endif
4103 else
4105 c_extra = ' ';
4106 c = ' ';
4109 else if (c == NUL
4110 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4111 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4112 && tocol > vcol
4113 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4114 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4115 #endif
4116 && (
4117 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4118 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4119 # endif
4120 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4121 && !(noinvcur
4122 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4123 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4124 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4126 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4127 * character if the line break is included. */
4128 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4129 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4130 * "$". */
4131 if (
4132 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4133 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4134 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4136 # endif
4137 # endif
4138 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4139 line_attr == 0
4140 # endif
4142 #endif
4144 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4145 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4146 * beyond end of line. */
4147 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4148 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4149 n_extra = 0;
4150 else
4151 #endif
4153 p_extra = at_end_str;
4154 n_extra = 1;
4155 c_extra = NUL;
4158 if (wp->w_p_list)
4159 c = lcs_eol;
4160 else
4161 c = ' ';
4162 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4163 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4164 if (!attr_pri)
4166 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4167 n_attr = 1;
4169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4170 mb_c = c;
4171 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4173 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4174 u8cc[0] = 0;
4175 c = 0xc0;
4177 else
4178 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4179 #endif
4181 else if (c != NUL)
4183 p_extra = transchar(c);
4184 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4185 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4186 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4187 #endif
4188 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4189 c_extra = NUL;
4190 c = *p_extra++;
4191 if (!attr_pri)
4193 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4194 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4195 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4198 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4199 #endif
4201 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4202 else if (VIsual_active
4203 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4204 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4205 && virtual_active()
4206 && tocol != MAXCOL
4207 && vcol < tocol
4208 && (
4209 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4210 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4211 # endif
4212 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4214 c = ' ';
4215 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4217 #endif
4218 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4219 else if ((
4220 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4221 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4222 # endif
4223 line_attr != 0
4224 ) && (
4225 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4226 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4227 # endif
4228 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4230 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4231 c = ' ';
4232 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4234 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4235 ++did_line_attr;
4237 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4238 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4239 char_attr = line_attr;
4240 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4241 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4243 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4244 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4245 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4247 # endif
4249 #endif
4253 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4254 if (n_attr > 0
4255 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4256 && !attr_pri)
4257 char_attr = extra_attr;
4259 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4260 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4261 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4262 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4263 if (xic != NULL
4264 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4265 && (State & INSERT)
4266 && !p_imdisable
4267 && im_is_preediting()
4268 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4270 colnr_T tcol;
4272 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4273 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4274 else
4275 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4276 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4278 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4280 feedback_col = 0;
4281 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4283 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4284 if (char_attr < 0)
4285 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4286 feedback_col++;
4288 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4290 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4291 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4292 feedback_col = 0;
4295 #endif
4297 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4298 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4299 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4301 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4302 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4303 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4304 && filler_todo <= 0
4305 #endif
4306 && draw_state > WL_NR
4307 && c != NUL)
4309 c = lcs_prec;
4310 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4312 mb_c = c;
4313 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4315 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4316 u8cc[0] = 0;
4317 c = 0xc0;
4319 else
4320 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4321 #endif
4322 if (!attr_pri)
4324 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4325 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4326 n_attr3 = 1;
4331 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4333 if (c == NUL
4334 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4335 || did_line_attr == 1
4336 #endif
4339 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4340 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4342 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4343 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4344 ++prevcol;
4345 #endif
4347 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4348 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4349 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4350 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4351 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4352 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4353 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4354 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4355 else
4357 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4358 while (cur != NULL)
4360 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4362 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4363 break;
4365 cur = cur->next;
4368 #endif
4369 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4370 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4371 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4372 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4373 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4374 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4375 #endif
4376 && c == NUL)
4377 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4378 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4379 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4380 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4381 && did_line_attr <= 1
4382 # endif
4384 #endif
4387 int n = 0;
4389 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4390 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4392 if (col < 0)
4393 n = 1;
4395 else
4396 #endif
4398 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4399 n = -1;
4401 if (n != 0)
4403 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4404 * instead (better than nothing). */
4405 off += n;
4406 col += n;
4408 else
4410 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4411 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4413 if (enc_utf8)
4414 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4415 #endif
4417 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4418 if (area_attr == 0)
4420 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4421 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4422 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4423 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4424 shl_flag = FALSE;
4425 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4427 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4428 && ((cur != NULL
4429 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4430 || cur == NULL))
4432 shl = &search_hl;
4433 shl_flag = TRUE;
4435 else
4436 shl = &cur->hl;
4437 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4438 char_attr = shl->attr;
4439 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4440 cur = cur->next;
4443 #endif
4444 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4445 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4446 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4448 --col;
4449 --off;
4451 else
4452 #endif
4454 ++col;
4455 ++off;
4457 ++vcol;
4458 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4459 eol_hl_off = 1;
4460 #endif
4465 * At end of the text line.
4467 if (c == NUL)
4469 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4470 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4471 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4473 /* highlight last char after line */
4474 --col;
4475 --off;
4476 --vcol;
4479 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4480 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4481 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4482 else
4483 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4484 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4485 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4487 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4488 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4489 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4490 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4492 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4493 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4494 && !wp->w_p_rl
4495 # endif
4498 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4500 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4502 if (enc_utf8)
4503 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4504 #endif
4505 ++col;
4506 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4508 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4509 break;
4511 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4512 ++vcol;
4515 #endif
4517 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4518 wp->w_p_rl);
4519 row++;
4522 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4523 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4525 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4527 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4528 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4529 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4530 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4531 #endif
4532 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4535 break;
4538 /* line continues beyond line end */
4539 if (lcs_ext
4540 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4541 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4542 && filler_todo <= 0
4543 #endif
4544 && (
4545 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4546 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4547 #endif
4548 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4549 && (*ptr != NUL
4550 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4551 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4553 c = lcs_ext;
4554 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4556 mb_c = c;
4557 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4559 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4560 u8cc[0] = 0;
4561 c = 0xc0;
4563 else
4564 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4565 #endif
4568 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4569 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4570 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4571 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4572 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4573 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4574 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4576 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4577 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4579 else
4580 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4581 #endif
4584 * Store character to be displayed.
4585 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4587 vcol_prev = vcol;
4588 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4591 * Store the character.
4593 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4594 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4596 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4597 --off;
4598 --col;
4600 #endif
4601 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4602 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4603 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4604 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4605 else if (enc_utf8)
4607 if (mb_utf8)
4609 int i;
4611 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4612 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4613 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4614 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4616 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4617 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4618 break;
4621 else
4622 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4624 if (multi_attr)
4626 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4627 multi_attr = 0;
4629 else
4630 #endif
4631 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4634 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4636 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4637 ++off;
4638 ++col;
4639 if (enc_utf8)
4640 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4641 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4642 else
4643 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4644 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4645 ++vcol;
4646 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4647 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4648 if (tocol == vcol)
4649 ++tocol;
4650 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4651 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4653 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4654 --off;
4655 --col;
4657 #endif
4659 #endif
4660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4661 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4663 --off;
4664 --col;
4666 else
4667 #endif
4669 ++off;
4670 ++col;
4673 else
4674 --n_skip;
4676 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4677 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4679 && filler_todo <= 0
4680 #endif
4682 ++vcol;
4684 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4685 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4686 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4687 #endif
4689 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4690 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4691 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4693 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4694 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4695 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4698 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4699 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4701 if ((
4702 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4703 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4704 #endif
4705 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4706 && (*ptr != NUL
4707 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4708 || filler_todo > 0
4709 #endif
4710 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4711 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4714 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4715 wp->w_p_rl);
4716 ++row;
4717 ++screen_row;
4719 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4720 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4721 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4723 && filler_todo <= 0
4724 #endif
4725 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4726 break;
4728 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4729 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4730 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4731 && filler_todo <= 0
4732 #endif
4735 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4736 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4737 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4738 #endif
4739 row = endrow;
4742 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4743 if (row == endrow)
4745 ++row;
4746 break;
4749 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4750 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4751 && filler_todo <= 0
4752 #endif
4753 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4755 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4756 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4759 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4760 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4761 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4762 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4763 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4764 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4765 * (something has been written in it).
4766 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4767 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4768 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4770 if (p_tf
4771 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4772 && !gui.in_use
4773 #endif
4774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4775 && !(has_mbyte
4776 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4777 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4778 == 2
4779 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4780 + (int)Columns - 2,
4781 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4782 == 2))
4783 #endif
4786 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4787 * then output the same character again to let the
4788 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4789 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4790 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4791 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4792 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4793 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4795 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4796 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4797 * space to keep it simple. */
4798 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4799 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4800 out_char(' ');
4801 else
4802 #endif
4803 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4804 + (Columns - 1)]);
4805 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4806 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4807 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4811 col = 0;
4812 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4813 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4814 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4816 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4817 off += col;
4819 #endif
4821 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4822 draw_state = WL_START;
4823 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4824 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4825 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4826 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4827 n_extra = 0;
4828 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4829 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4830 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4831 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4832 # endif
4833 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4834 #endif
4835 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4836 --filler_todo;
4837 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4838 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4839 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4840 break;
4841 #endif
4844 } /* for every character in the line */
4846 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4847 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4848 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4850 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4851 cap_col = 0;
4853 #endif
4855 return row;
4858 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4859 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4862 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4864 static int
4865 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4866 int off_from;
4867 int off_to;
4869 int i;
4871 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4873 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4874 return TRUE;
4875 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4876 break;
4878 return FALSE;
4880 #endif
4883 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4884 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4885 * - the attributes are different
4886 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4887 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4889 static int
4890 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4891 int off_from;
4892 int off_to;
4893 int cols;
4895 if (cols > 0
4896 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4897 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4899 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4900 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4901 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4902 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4903 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4904 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4905 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4906 || (enc_utf8
4907 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4908 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4909 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4910 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4911 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4912 #endif
4914 return TRUE;
4915 return FALSE;
4919 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4920 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4921 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4922 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4923 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4924 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4925 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4926 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4927 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4929 static void
4930 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4931 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4932 , rlflag
4933 #endif
4935 int row;
4936 int coloff;
4937 int endcol;
4938 int clear_width;
4939 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4940 int rlflag;
4941 #endif
4943 unsigned off_from;
4944 unsigned off_to;
4945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4946 unsigned max_off_from;
4947 unsigned max_off_to;
4948 #endif
4949 int col = 0;
4950 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4951 int hl;
4952 #endif
4953 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4954 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4955 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4956 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4957 #endif
4959 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4961 int clear_next = FALSE;
4962 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4963 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4964 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4965 #else
4966 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4967 #endif
4969 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4970 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4971 # endif
4973 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4974 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4976 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4977 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4978 #endif
4980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4981 if (rlflag)
4983 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4984 if (clear_width > 0)
4986 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4987 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4988 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4989 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4990 # endif
4993 ++off_to;
4994 ++col;
4996 if (col <= endcol)
4997 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4998 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
5000 col = endcol + 1;
5001 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5002 off_from += col;
5003 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5005 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5007 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5009 while (col < endcol)
5011 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5012 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5013 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5014 else
5015 char_cells = 1;
5016 #endif
5018 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5019 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5020 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5022 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5023 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5024 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5025 * happens in the GUI.
5027 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5029 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5030 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5031 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5032 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5033 redraw_this = TRUE;
5035 #endif
5037 if (redraw_this)
5040 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5041 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5042 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5043 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5044 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5045 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5046 * character.
5047 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5048 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5049 * completely.
5051 if ( p_wiv
5052 && !force
5053 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5054 && !gui.in_use
5055 #endif
5056 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5057 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5060 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5062 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5063 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5064 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5065 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5066 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5069 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5070 * highlighting at this character.
5072 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5074 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5075 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5076 screen_stop_highlight();
5078 else
5079 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5082 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5084 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5085 * the other way around requires another character to be
5086 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5087 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5088 if (char_cells == 1
5089 && col + 1 < endcol
5090 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5092 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5093 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5094 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5095 redraw_next = TRUE;
5097 else if (char_cells == 2
5098 && col + 2 < endcol
5099 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5100 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5102 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5103 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5104 * cell. */
5105 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5106 redraw_next = TRUE;
5109 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5110 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5112 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5113 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5114 * the right halve of the old character.
5115 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5116 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5117 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5118 && ((char_cells == 1
5119 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5120 || (char_cells == 2
5121 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5122 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5123 clear_next = TRUE;
5124 #endif
5126 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5128 if (enc_utf8)
5130 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5131 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5133 int i;
5135 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5136 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5139 if (char_cells == 2)
5140 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5141 #endif
5143 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5144 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5145 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5146 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5147 * and for some xterms. */
5148 if (
5149 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5150 gui.in_use
5151 # endif
5152 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5154 # endif
5155 # ifdef UNIX
5156 term_is_xterm
5157 # endif
5160 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5161 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5162 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5163 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5164 redraw_next = TRUE;
5166 #endif
5167 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5169 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5170 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5171 if (char_cells == 2)
5172 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5174 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5175 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5176 else
5177 #endif
5178 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5180 else if ( p_wiv
5181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5182 && !gui.in_use
5183 #endif
5184 && col + coloff > 0)
5186 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5189 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5190 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5192 screen_attr = 0;
5194 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5195 screen_stop_highlight();
5198 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5199 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5200 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5204 if (clear_next)
5206 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5207 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5208 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5209 if (enc_utf8)
5210 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5211 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5213 #endif
5215 if (clear_width > 0
5216 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5217 && !rlflag
5218 #endif
5221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5222 int startCol = col;
5223 #endif
5225 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5226 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5227 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5229 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5230 #endif
5233 ++off_to;
5234 ++col;
5236 if (col < clear_width)
5238 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5240 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5241 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5242 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5243 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5244 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5246 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5248 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5249 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5251 int prev_cells = 1;
5252 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5253 if (enc_utf8)
5254 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5255 * that its width is 2. */
5256 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5257 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5259 /* find previous character by counting from first
5260 * column and get its width. */
5261 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5262 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5264 while (off < off_to)
5266 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5267 off += prev_cells;
5271 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5272 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5273 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5274 else
5275 # endif
5276 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5277 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5280 #endif
5281 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5282 ' ', ' ', 0);
5283 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5284 off_to += clear_width - col;
5285 col = clear_width;
5286 #endif
5290 if (clear_width > 0)
5292 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5293 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5294 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5296 int c;
5298 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5299 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5300 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5301 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5302 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5303 # endif
5304 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5306 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5307 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5308 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5309 if (enc_utf8)
5311 if (c >= 0x80)
5313 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5314 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5316 else
5317 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5319 # endif
5320 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5323 else
5324 #endif
5325 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5329 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5331 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5332 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5334 void
5335 rl_mirror(str)
5336 char_u *str;
5338 char_u *p1, *p2;
5339 int t;
5341 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5343 t = *p1;
5344 *p1 = *p2;
5345 *p2 = t;
5348 #endif
5350 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5352 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5354 void
5355 status_redraw_all()
5357 win_T *wp;
5359 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5360 if (wp->w_status_height)
5362 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5363 redraw_later(VALID);
5368 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5370 void
5371 status_redraw_curbuf()
5373 win_T *wp;
5375 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5376 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5378 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5379 redraw_later(VALID);
5384 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5386 void
5387 redraw_statuslines()
5389 win_T *wp;
5391 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5392 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5393 win_redr_status(wp);
5394 if (redraw_tabline)
5395 draw_tabline();
5397 #endif
5399 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5401 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5403 void
5404 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5405 frame_T *frp;
5407 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5408 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5409 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5411 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5412 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5414 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5416 frp = frp->fr_child;
5417 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5418 frp = frp->fr_next;
5419 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5422 #endif
5424 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5426 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5428 static void
5429 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5430 win_T *wp;
5431 int row;
5433 int hl;
5434 int c;
5436 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5438 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5439 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5440 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5441 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5442 c, ' ', hl);
5445 #endif
5447 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5448 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5449 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5452 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5454 static int
5455 status_match_len(xp, s)
5456 expand_T *xp;
5457 char_u *s;
5459 int len = 0;
5461 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5462 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5463 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5465 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5466 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5467 return 1;
5468 #endif
5470 while (*s != NUL)
5472 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5473 len += ptr2cells(s);
5474 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5477 return len;
5481 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5482 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5484 static int
5485 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5486 expand_T *xp;
5487 char_u *s;
5489 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5490 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5491 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5492 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5493 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5494 #endif
5497 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5498 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5499 return 2;
5500 #endif
5501 return 1;
5503 return 0;
5507 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5508 * Show at least the "match" item.
5509 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5511 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5513 void
5514 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5515 expand_T *xp;
5516 int num_matches;
5517 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5518 int match;
5519 int showtail;
5521 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5522 int row;
5523 char_u *buf;
5524 int len;
5525 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5526 int fillchar;
5527 int attr;
5528 int i;
5529 int highlight = TRUE;
5530 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5531 int selstart_col = 0;
5532 char_u *selend = NULL;
5533 static int first_match = 0;
5534 int add_left = FALSE;
5535 char_u *s;
5536 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5537 int emenu;
5538 #endif
5539 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5540 int l;
5541 #endif
5543 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5544 return;
5546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5547 if (has_mbyte)
5548 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5549 else
5550 #endif
5551 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5552 if (buf == NULL)
5553 return;
5555 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5557 match = 0;
5558 highlight = FALSE;
5560 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5561 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5562 if (match == 0)
5563 first_match = 0;
5564 else if (match < first_match)
5566 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5567 first_match = match;
5568 add_left = TRUE;
5570 else
5572 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5573 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5574 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5575 if (first_match > 0)
5576 clen += 2;
5577 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5578 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5580 first_match = match;
5581 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5582 clen = 2;
5583 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5585 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5586 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5587 break;
5589 if (i == num_matches)
5590 add_left = TRUE;
5593 if (add_left)
5594 while (first_match > 0)
5596 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5597 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5598 break;
5599 --first_match;
5602 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5604 if (first_match == 0)
5606 *buf = NUL;
5607 len = 0;
5609 else
5611 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5612 len = 2;
5614 clen = len;
5616 i = first_match;
5617 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5619 if (i == match)
5621 selstart = buf + len;
5622 selstart_col = clen;
5625 s = L_MATCH(i);
5626 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5627 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5628 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5629 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5630 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5632 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5633 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5634 len += l;
5635 clen += l;
5637 else
5638 #endif
5639 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5641 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5642 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5643 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5644 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5646 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5647 s += l - 1;
5648 len += l;
5650 else
5651 #endif
5653 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5654 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5657 if (i == match)
5658 selend = buf + len;
5660 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5661 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5662 clen += 2;
5663 if (++i == num_matches)
5664 break;
5667 if (i != num_matches)
5669 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5670 ++clen;
5673 buf[len] = NUL;
5675 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5676 if (row >= 0)
5678 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5680 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5682 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5683 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5684 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5686 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5687 ++msg_scrolled;
5689 else
5691 ++cmdline_row;
5692 ++row;
5694 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5696 else
5698 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5699 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5700 * resized. */
5701 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5703 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5704 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5705 p_ls = 2;
5706 p_wmh = 0;
5707 last_status(FALSE);
5709 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5713 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5714 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5716 *selend = NUL;
5717 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5720 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5723 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5724 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5725 #else
5726 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5727 #endif
5728 vim_free(buf);
5730 #endif
5732 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5734 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5736 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5738 void
5739 win_redr_status(wp)
5740 win_T *wp;
5742 int row;
5743 char_u *p;
5744 int len;
5745 int fillchar;
5746 int attr;
5747 int this_ru_col;
5749 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5750 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5752 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5753 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5755 else if (!redrawing()
5756 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5757 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5758 * drawn over it */
5759 || pum_visible()
5760 #endif
5763 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5764 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5766 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5767 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5769 /* redraw custom status line */
5770 redraw_custum_statusline(wp);
5772 #endif
5773 else
5775 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5777 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5778 p = NameBuff;
5779 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5781 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5782 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5783 || wp->w_p_pvw
5784 #endif
5785 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5786 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5787 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5788 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5790 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5791 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5793 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5794 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5796 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5797 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5799 #endif
5800 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5802 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5803 len += 3;
5805 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5807 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5808 len += 4;
5811 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5812 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5813 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5814 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5815 #else
5816 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5817 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5818 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5819 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5821 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5822 len = 1;
5824 else
5825 #endif
5826 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5827 if (has_mbyte)
5829 int clen = 0, i;
5831 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5832 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5833 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5834 /* Find first character that will fit.
5835 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5836 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5837 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5838 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5839 len = clen;
5840 if (i > 0)
5842 p = p + i - 1;
5843 *p = '<';
5844 ++len;
5848 else
5849 #endif
5850 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5852 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5853 *p = '<';
5854 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5857 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5858 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5859 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5860 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5862 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5863 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5864 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5865 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5867 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5868 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5869 #endif
5872 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5874 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5876 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5878 if (stl_connected(wp))
5879 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5880 else
5881 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5882 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5883 attr);
5885 #endif
5888 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5890 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5891 * errors encountered.
5893 static void
5894 redraw_custum_statusline(wp)
5895 win_T *wp;
5897 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5899 called_emsg = FALSE;
5900 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5901 if (called_emsg)
5902 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5903 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5904 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5905 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5907 #endif
5909 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5911 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5912 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5913 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5916 stl_connected(wp)
5917 win_T *wp;
5919 frame_T *fr;
5921 fr = wp->w_frame;
5922 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5924 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5926 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5927 break;
5929 else
5931 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5932 return TRUE;
5934 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5936 return FALSE;
5938 # endif
5940 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5942 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5944 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5947 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5948 win_T *wp;
5949 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5950 int len; /* length of buffer */
5952 char_u *p;
5954 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5955 return FALSE;
5958 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5959 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5960 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5961 char_u *s;
5963 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5964 curwin = wp;
5965 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
5966 ++emsg_skip;
5967 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
5968 --emsg_skip;
5969 curbuf = old_curbuf;
5970 curwin = old_curwin;
5971 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5972 #endif
5974 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5975 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5976 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5977 else
5978 #endif
5979 p = (char_u *)"lang";
5981 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5982 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5983 else
5984 buf[0] = NUL;
5985 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5986 vim_free(s);
5987 #endif
5989 return buf[0] != NUL;
5991 #endif
5993 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5995 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
5996 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
5998 static void
5999 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6000 win_T *wp;
6001 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6003 int attr;
6004 int curattr;
6005 int row;
6006 int col = 0;
6007 int maxwidth;
6008 int width;
6009 int n;
6010 int len;
6011 int fillchar;
6012 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6013 char_u *p;
6014 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6015 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6016 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6018 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6019 if (wp == NULL)
6021 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6022 p = p_tal;
6023 row = 0;
6024 fillchar = ' ';
6025 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6026 maxwidth = Columns;
6027 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6028 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6029 # endif
6031 else
6033 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6034 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6035 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6037 if (draw_ruler)
6039 p = p_ruf;
6040 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6041 if (*p == '%')
6043 if (*++p == '-')
6044 p++;
6045 if (atoi((char *) p))
6046 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
6047 p++;
6048 if (*p++ != '(')
6049 p = p_ruf;
6051 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6052 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6053 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6054 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6055 #else
6056 col = ru_col;
6057 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6058 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6059 #endif
6060 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6061 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6062 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6063 #endif
6065 row = Rows - 1;
6066 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6067 fillchar = ' ';
6068 attr = 0;
6071 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6072 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6073 # endif
6075 else
6077 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6078 p = wp->w_p_stl;
6079 else
6080 p = p_stl;
6081 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6082 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6083 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6084 # endif
6087 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6088 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6089 #endif
6092 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6093 return;
6095 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6096 buf, sizeof(buf),
6097 p, use_sandbox,
6098 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6099 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6101 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1)
6103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6104 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6105 #else
6106 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6107 #endif
6108 ++width;
6110 buf[len] = NUL;
6113 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6115 curattr = attr;
6116 p = buf;
6117 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6119 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6120 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6121 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6122 p = hltab[n].start;
6124 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6125 curattr = attr;
6126 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6127 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6128 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6129 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6130 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6131 #endif
6132 else
6133 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6135 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6137 if (wp == NULL)
6139 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6140 col = 0;
6141 len = 0;
6142 p = buf;
6143 fillchar = 0;
6144 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6146 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6147 while (col < len)
6148 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6149 p = tabtab[n].start;
6150 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6152 while (col < Columns)
6153 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6157 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6160 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6162 void
6163 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6164 int c;
6165 int row, col;
6166 int attr;
6168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6169 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6171 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6172 #else
6173 char_u buf[2];
6175 buf[0] = c;
6176 buf[1] = NUL;
6177 #endif
6178 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6182 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6183 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6185 void
6186 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6187 int row, col;
6188 char_u *bytes;
6189 int *attrp;
6191 unsigned off;
6193 /* safety check */
6194 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6196 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6197 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6198 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6199 bytes[1] = NUL;
6201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6202 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6203 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6204 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6206 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6207 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6208 bytes[2] = NUL;
6210 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6212 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6213 bytes[2] = NUL;
6215 #endif
6219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6220 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6223 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6224 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6226 static int
6227 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6228 int off;
6229 int *u8cc;
6231 int i;
6233 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6235 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6236 return TRUE;
6237 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6238 break;
6240 return FALSE;
6242 #endif
6245 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6246 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6247 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6248 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6250 void
6251 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6252 char_u *text;
6253 int row;
6254 int col;
6255 int attr;
6257 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6261 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6262 * a NUL.
6264 void
6265 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6266 char_u *text;
6267 int len;
6268 int row;
6269 int col;
6270 int attr;
6272 unsigned off;
6273 char_u *ptr = text;
6274 int c;
6275 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6276 unsigned max_off;
6277 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6278 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6279 int u8c = 0;
6280 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6281 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6282 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6283 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6284 int pc, nc, nc1;
6285 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6286 # endif
6287 #endif
6288 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6289 int force_redraw_this;
6290 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6291 #endif
6292 int need_redraw;
6294 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6295 return;
6296 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6299 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6300 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6301 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6302 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6303 && !gui.in_use
6304 # endif
6305 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6307 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6308 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6309 if (enc_utf8)
6311 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6312 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6314 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6315 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6316 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6317 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6319 #endif
6321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6322 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6323 #endif
6324 while (col < screen_Columns
6325 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6326 && *ptr != NUL)
6328 c = *ptr;
6329 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6330 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6331 if (has_mbyte)
6333 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6334 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6335 else
6336 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6337 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6338 mbyte_cells = 1;
6339 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6340 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6341 else /* enc_utf8 */
6343 if (len >= 0)
6344 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6345 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6346 else
6347 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6348 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6349 # ifdef UNICODE16
6350 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6351 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6353 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6354 if (attr == 0)
6355 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6357 # endif
6358 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6359 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6361 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6362 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6364 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6365 nc = NUL;
6366 nc1 = NUL;
6368 else
6370 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc);
6371 nc1 = pcc[0];
6373 pc = prev_c;
6374 prev_c = u8c;
6375 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6377 else
6378 prev_c = u8c;
6379 # endif
6382 #endif
6384 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6385 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6386 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6387 #endif
6389 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6391 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6392 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6393 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6394 && c == 0x8e
6395 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6396 || (enc_utf8
6397 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
6398 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6399 #endif
6400 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6401 || exmode_active;
6403 if (need_redraw
6404 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6405 || force_redraw_this
6406 #endif
6409 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6410 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6411 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6412 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6413 * and for some xterms. */
6414 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6415 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6416 gui.in_use
6417 # endif
6418 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6420 # endif
6421 # ifdef UNIX
6422 term_is_xterm
6423 # endif
6426 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6428 if (n > HL_ALL)
6429 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6430 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6431 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6433 #endif
6434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6435 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6436 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6437 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6438 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6439 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6440 if (clear_next_cell)
6441 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6442 else if (has_mbyte
6443 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6444 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6445 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6446 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6447 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6448 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6449 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6451 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6452 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6453 if (enc_dbcs
6454 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6455 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6456 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6457 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6458 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6459 #endif
6460 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6461 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6463 if (enc_utf8)
6465 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6466 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6467 else
6469 int i;
6471 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6472 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6474 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6475 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6476 break;
6479 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6481 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6482 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6484 screen_char(off, row, col);
6486 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6488 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6489 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6490 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6492 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6494 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6495 screen_char(off, row, col);
6497 else
6498 #endif
6499 screen_char(off, row, col);
6501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6502 if (has_mbyte)
6504 off += mbyte_cells;
6505 col += mbyte_cells;
6506 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6507 if (clear_next_cell)
6508 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6510 else
6511 #endif
6513 ++off;
6514 ++col;
6515 ++ptr;
6519 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6520 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6521 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6522 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6524 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6525 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6526 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6527 else
6528 # endif
6529 screen_char(off, row, col);
6531 #endif
6534 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6536 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6538 static void
6539 start_search_hl()
6541 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6543 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6544 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6545 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6546 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6547 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6548 # endif
6553 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6555 static void
6556 end_search_hl()
6558 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6560 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6561 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6566 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6568 static void
6569 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6570 win_T *wp;
6571 linenr_T lnum;
6573 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6574 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6575 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6576 has been processed or not */
6577 int n;
6580 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6581 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6582 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6584 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6585 shl_flag = FALSE;
6586 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6588 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6590 shl = &search_hl;
6591 shl_flag = TRUE;
6593 else
6594 shl = &cur->hl;
6595 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6596 && shl->lnum == 0
6597 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6599 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6601 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6602 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6603 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6604 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6605 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6606 break;
6607 # else
6608 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6609 # endif
6611 n = 0;
6612 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6614 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6615 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6617 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6618 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6619 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6620 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6622 else
6624 ++shl->first_lnum;
6625 n = 0;
6629 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6630 cur = cur->next;
6635 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6636 * Uses shl->buf.
6637 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6638 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6639 * shl->lnum is zero.
6640 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6642 static void
6643 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6644 win_T *win;
6645 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6646 linenr_T lnum;
6647 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6649 linenr_T l;
6650 colnr_T matchcol;
6651 long nmatched;
6653 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6655 /* Check for three situations:
6656 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6657 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6658 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6660 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6661 if (lnum > l)
6662 shl->lnum = 0;
6663 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6664 return;
6668 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6669 * or none is found in this line.
6671 called_emsg = FALSE;
6672 for (;;)
6674 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6675 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6676 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6678 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6679 break;
6681 #endif
6682 /* Three situations:
6683 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6684 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6685 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6686 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6688 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6689 matchcol = 0;
6690 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6691 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6692 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6694 char_u *ml;
6696 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6697 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6698 if (*ml == NUL)
6700 ++matchcol;
6701 shl->lnum = 0;
6702 break;
6704 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6705 if (has_mbyte)
6706 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6707 else
6708 #endif
6709 ++matchcol;
6711 else
6712 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6714 shl->lnum = lnum;
6715 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6716 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6717 &(shl->tm)
6718 #else
6719 NULL
6720 #endif
6722 if (called_emsg)
6724 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6725 if (shl == &search_hl)
6727 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6728 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6729 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6731 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6732 shl->lnum = 0;
6733 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6734 break;
6736 if (nmatched == 0)
6738 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6739 break;
6741 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6742 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6743 || nmatched > 1
6744 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6746 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6747 break; /* useful match found */
6751 #endif
6753 static void
6754 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6755 int attr;
6757 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6759 screen_attr = attr;
6760 if (full_screen
6761 #ifdef WIN3264
6762 && termcap_active
6763 #endif
6766 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6767 if (gui.in_use)
6769 char buf[20];
6771 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6772 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6773 OUT_STR(buf);
6775 else
6776 #endif
6778 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6780 if (t_colors > 1)
6781 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6782 else
6783 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6784 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6785 attr = 0;
6786 else
6787 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6789 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6790 out_str(T_MD);
6791 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6792 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6793 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6794 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6795 out_str(T_ME);
6796 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6797 out_str(T_SO);
6798 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6799 /* underline or undercurl */
6800 out_str(T_US);
6801 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6802 out_str(T_CZH);
6803 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6804 out_str(T_MR);
6807 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6808 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6810 if (aep != NULL)
6812 if (t_colors > 1)
6814 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6815 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6816 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6817 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6819 else
6821 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6822 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6829 void
6830 screen_stop_highlight()
6832 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6834 if (screen_attr != 0
6835 #ifdef WIN3264
6836 && termcap_active
6837 #endif
6840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6841 if (gui.in_use)
6843 char buf[20];
6845 /* use internal GUI code */
6846 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6847 OUT_STR(buf);
6849 else
6850 #endif
6852 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6854 attrentry_T *aep;
6856 if (t_colors > 1)
6859 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6861 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6862 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6863 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6864 do_ME = TRUE;
6866 else
6868 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6869 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6871 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6872 do_ME = TRUE;
6873 else
6874 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6877 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6878 screen_attr = 0;
6879 else
6880 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6884 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6885 * same sequence several times.
6887 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6889 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6890 do_ME = TRUE;
6891 else
6892 out_str(T_SE);
6894 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6896 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6897 do_ME = TRUE;
6898 else
6899 out_str(T_UE);
6901 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6903 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6904 do_ME = TRUE;
6905 else
6906 out_str(T_CZR);
6908 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6909 out_str(T_ME);
6911 if (t_colors > 1)
6913 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6914 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6915 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6916 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6917 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6918 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6919 out_str(T_MD);
6923 screen_attr = 0;
6927 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6928 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6930 void
6931 reset_cterm_colors()
6933 if (t_colors > 1)
6935 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6936 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6938 out_str(T_OP);
6939 screen_attr = -1;
6941 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6943 out_str(T_ME);
6944 screen_attr = -1;
6950 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6951 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6953 static void
6954 screen_char(off, row, col)
6955 unsigned off;
6956 int row;
6957 int col;
6959 int attr;
6961 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6962 * resizing). */
6963 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6964 return;
6966 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6967 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6968 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6969 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6970 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6971 && !cmdmsg_rl
6972 #endif
6975 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6976 return;
6980 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6982 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6983 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6984 attr = screen_char_attr;
6985 else
6986 #endif
6987 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6988 if (screen_attr != attr)
6989 screen_stop_highlight();
6991 windgoto(row, col);
6993 if (screen_attr != attr)
6994 screen_start_highlight(attr);
6996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6997 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6999 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7001 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7003 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7005 out_str(buf);
7006 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7007 ++screen_cur_col;
7009 else
7010 #endif
7012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7013 out_flush_check();
7014 #endif
7015 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7017 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7018 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7019 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7020 #endif
7023 screen_cur_col++;
7026 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7029 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7030 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7031 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7032 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7034 static void
7035 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7036 unsigned off;
7037 int row;
7038 int col;
7040 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7041 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7042 return;
7044 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7045 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7046 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7048 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7049 return;
7052 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7053 * second byte directly. */
7054 screen_char(off, row, col);
7055 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7056 ++screen_cur_col;
7058 #endif
7060 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7062 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7063 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7065 void
7066 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7067 int row;
7068 int col;
7069 int height;
7070 int width;
7071 int invert;
7073 int r, c;
7074 int off;
7075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7076 int max_off;
7077 #endif
7079 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7080 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7081 return;
7083 if (invert)
7084 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7085 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7087 off = LineOffset[r];
7088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7089 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7090 #endif
7091 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7094 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7096 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7097 ++c;
7099 else
7100 #endif
7102 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7104 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7105 ++c;
7106 #endif
7110 screen_char_attr = 0;
7112 #endif
7114 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7116 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7118 static void
7119 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7120 int row;
7121 int end;
7122 win_T *wp;
7124 int col;
7125 int width;
7127 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7128 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7129 # endif
7131 if (wp == NULL)
7133 col = 0;
7134 width = Columns;
7136 else
7138 col = wp->w_wincol;
7139 width = wp->w_width;
7141 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7143 #endif
7146 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7147 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7148 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7150 void
7151 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7152 int start_row, end_row;
7153 int start_col, end_col;
7154 int c1, c2;
7155 int attr;
7157 int row;
7158 int col;
7159 int off;
7160 int end_off;
7161 int did_delete;
7162 int c;
7163 int norm_term;
7164 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7165 int force_next = FALSE;
7166 #endif
7168 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7169 end_row = screen_Rows;
7170 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7171 end_col = screen_Columns;
7172 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7173 || start_row >= end_row
7174 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7175 return;
7177 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7178 norm_term = (
7179 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7180 !gui.in_use &&
7181 #endif
7182 t_colors <= 1);
7183 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7186 if (has_mbyte
7187 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7188 && !gui.in_use
7189 # endif
7192 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7193 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7194 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7195 * terminal. */
7196 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7197 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7198 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7199 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7201 #endif
7203 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7204 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7205 * space.
7207 did_delete = FALSE;
7208 if (c2 == ' '
7209 && end_col == Columns
7210 && can_clear(T_CE)
7211 && (attr == 0
7212 || (norm_term
7213 && attr <= HL_ALL
7214 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7217 * check if we really need to clear something
7219 col = start_col;
7220 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7221 ++col;
7223 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7224 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7226 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7228 if (enc_utf8)
7229 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7230 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7231 ++off;
7232 else
7233 #endif
7234 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7235 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7236 ++off;
7237 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7239 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7240 screen_stop_highlight();
7241 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7242 out_str(T_CE);
7243 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7244 col = end_col - col;
7245 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7247 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7248 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7249 if (enc_utf8)
7250 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7251 #endif
7252 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7253 ++off;
7256 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7259 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7260 c = c1;
7261 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7263 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7265 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7266 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7267 #endif
7268 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7269 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7270 || force_next
7271 #endif
7274 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7275 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7276 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7277 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7278 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7279 if (
7280 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7281 gui.in_use
7282 # endif
7283 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7285 # endif
7286 # ifdef UNIX
7287 term_is_xterm
7288 # endif
7291 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7292 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7293 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7294 force_next = TRUE;
7295 else
7296 force_next = FALSE;
7298 #endif
7299 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7301 if (enc_utf8)
7303 if (c >= 0x80)
7305 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7306 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7308 else
7309 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7311 #endif
7312 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7313 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7314 screen_char(off, row, col);
7316 ++off;
7317 if (col == start_col)
7319 if (did_delete)
7320 break;
7321 c = c2;
7324 if (end_col == Columns)
7325 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7326 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7328 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7329 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7330 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7331 if (start_col == 0)
7332 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7338 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7339 * screen or the command line.
7341 void
7342 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7343 int check_msg_scroll;
7345 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7346 && !did_wait_return
7347 && emsg_silent == 0)
7349 out_flush();
7350 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7351 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7352 if (check_msg_scroll)
7353 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7358 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7359 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7360 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7361 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7364 screen_valid(clear)
7365 int clear;
7367 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7368 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7372 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7373 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7375 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7376 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7377 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7378 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7379 * final size of the shell is needed.
7381 void
7382 screenalloc(clear)
7383 int clear;
7385 int new_row, old_row;
7386 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7387 int old_Rows;
7388 #endif
7389 win_T *wp;
7390 int outofmem = FALSE;
7391 int len;
7392 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7393 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7394 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7395 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7396 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7397 int i;
7398 #endif
7399 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7400 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7401 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7402 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7403 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7404 tabpage_T *tp;
7405 #endif
7406 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7407 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7409 int retry_count = 0;
7411 retry:
7412 #endif
7414 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7415 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7416 * screen stuff.
7418 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7419 && Rows == screen_Rows
7420 && Columns == screen_Columns
7421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7422 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7423 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7424 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7425 #endif
7427 || Rows == 0
7428 || Columns == 0
7429 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7430 return;
7433 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7434 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7435 * return here.
7437 if (entered)
7438 return;
7439 entered = TRUE;
7442 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7443 * thus we must not redraw here!
7445 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7447 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7449 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7452 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7453 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7454 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7455 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7456 * - Free the old arrays.
7458 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7459 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7460 * size is wrong.
7462 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7463 win_free_lsize(wp);
7465 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7466 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7468 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7469 if (enc_utf8)
7471 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7472 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7473 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7474 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7475 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7477 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7478 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7479 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7480 #endif
7481 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7482 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7483 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7484 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7485 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7486 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7487 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7488 #endif
7490 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7492 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7494 outofmem = TRUE;
7495 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7496 goto give_up;
7497 #endif
7500 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7501 give_up:
7502 #endif
7504 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7505 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7506 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7507 break;
7508 #endif
7509 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7511 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7512 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7513 #endif
7514 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7515 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7516 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7517 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7518 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7519 #endif
7520 || outofmem)
7522 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7524 /* guess the size */
7525 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7527 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7528 * and over again. */
7529 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7531 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7532 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7534 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7535 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7536 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7538 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7539 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7541 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7542 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7543 #endif
7544 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7545 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7546 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7547 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7548 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7549 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7550 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7551 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7552 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7553 #endif
7555 else
7557 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7559 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7561 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7562 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7565 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7566 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7567 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7568 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7570 if (!clear)
7572 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7573 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7575 if (enc_utf8)
7577 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7578 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7579 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7580 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7581 + new_row * Columns,
7582 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7584 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7585 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7586 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7587 #endif
7588 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7589 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7590 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7591 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7593 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7594 len = screen_Columns;
7595 else
7596 len = Columns;
7597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7598 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7599 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7600 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7601 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7602 #endif
7603 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7604 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7605 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7607 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7608 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7610 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7611 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7612 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7613 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7614 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7615 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7616 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7617 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7619 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7620 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7621 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7622 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7623 #endif
7624 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7625 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7626 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7630 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7631 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7634 free_screenlines();
7636 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7638 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7639 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7640 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7641 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7642 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7643 #endif
7644 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7645 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7646 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7647 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7648 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7649 #endif
7651 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7652 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7653 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7654 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7655 #endif
7656 screen_Rows = Rows;
7657 screen_Columns = Columns;
7659 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7660 if (clear)
7661 screenclear2();
7663 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7664 else if (gui.in_use
7665 && !gui.starting
7666 && ScreenLines != NULL
7667 && old_Rows != Rows)
7669 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7671 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7672 * command.
7674 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7675 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7676 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7677 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7678 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7679 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7681 #endif
7683 entered = FALSE;
7684 --RedrawingDisabled;
7686 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7688 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7689 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7691 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7693 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7694 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7695 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7696 goto retry;
7698 #endif
7701 void
7702 free_screenlines()
7704 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7705 int i;
7707 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7708 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7709 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7710 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7711 #endif
7712 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7713 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7714 vim_free(LineOffset);
7715 vim_free(LineWraps);
7716 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7717 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7718 #endif
7721 void
7722 screenclear()
7724 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7725 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7726 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7729 static void
7730 screenclear2()
7732 int i;
7734 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7735 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7736 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7737 #endif
7739 return;
7741 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7742 if (!gui.in_use)
7743 #endif
7744 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7745 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7747 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7748 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7749 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7750 #endif
7752 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7753 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7755 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7756 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7759 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7761 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7762 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7763 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7765 else
7767 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7768 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7769 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7770 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7773 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7775 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7776 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7777 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7778 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7779 #endif
7780 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7781 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7782 compute_cmdrow();
7783 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7784 msg_col = 0;
7785 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7786 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7787 msg_didany = FALSE;
7788 msg_didout = FALSE;
7792 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7794 static void
7795 lineclear(off, width)
7796 unsigned off;
7797 int width;
7799 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7800 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7801 if (enc_utf8)
7802 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7803 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7804 #endif
7805 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7809 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7810 * invalid value.
7812 static void
7813 lineinvalid(off, width)
7814 unsigned off;
7815 int width;
7817 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7820 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7822 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7824 static void
7825 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7826 int to;
7827 int from;
7828 win_T *wp;
7830 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7831 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7833 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7834 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7835 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7836 if (enc_utf8)
7838 int i;
7840 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7841 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7842 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7843 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7844 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7846 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7847 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7848 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7849 # endif
7850 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7851 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7853 #endif
7856 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7857 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7860 can_clear(p)
7861 char_u *p;
7863 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7864 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7865 || gui.in_use
7866 #endif
7867 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7871 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7872 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7873 * code.
7875 void
7876 screen_start()
7878 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7882 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7883 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7884 * characters sent to the terminal.
7886 void
7887 windgoto(row, col)
7888 int row;
7889 int col;
7891 sattr_T *p;
7892 int i;
7893 int plan;
7894 int cost;
7895 int wouldbe_col;
7896 int noinvcurs;
7897 char_u *bs;
7898 int goto_cost;
7899 int attr;
7901 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7902 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7904 #define PLAN_LE 1
7905 #define PLAN_CR 2
7906 #define PLAN_NL 3
7907 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7908 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7909 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7910 return;
7912 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7914 /* Check for valid position. */
7915 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7916 row = 0;
7917 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7918 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7919 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7920 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7922 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7923 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7924 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7925 else
7926 noinvcurs = 0;
7927 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7930 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7931 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7932 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7933 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7934 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7936 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7937 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7939 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7940 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7942 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7945 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7946 * or T_LE.
7948 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
7949 attr = screen_attr;
7950 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7952 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7953 if (*T_LE)
7954 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
7955 else
7956 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
7957 if (*bs)
7958 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7959 else
7960 cost = 999;
7961 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
7963 plan = PLAN_CR;
7964 wouldbe_col = 0;
7965 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
7967 else
7969 plan = PLAN_LE;
7970 wouldbe_col = col;
7972 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7974 cost += noinvcurs;
7975 attr = 0;
7980 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
7982 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
7984 plan = PLAN_NL;
7985 wouldbe_col = 0;
7986 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
7987 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7989 cost += noinvcurs;
7990 attr = 0;
7995 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
7997 else
7999 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8000 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8001 cost = 0;
8005 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8006 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8008 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8009 if (i > 0)
8010 cost += i;
8011 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8014 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8015 * stopping highlighting.
8017 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8018 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8019 --i;
8020 if (i != 0)
8023 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8025 if (*--p == 0)
8027 cost += noinvcurs;
8028 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8029 --i;
8031 if (i != 0)
8032 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8035 if (enc_utf8)
8037 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8038 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8039 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8041 cost = 999;
8042 break;
8045 #endif
8049 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8051 if (cost < goto_cost)
8053 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8055 if (noinvcurs)
8056 screen_stop_highlight();
8057 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8059 out_str(bs);
8060 --screen_cur_col;
8063 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8065 if (noinvcurs)
8066 screen_stop_highlight();
8067 out_char('\r');
8068 screen_cur_col = 0;
8070 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8072 if (noinvcurs)
8073 screen_stop_highlight();
8074 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8076 out_char('\n');
8077 ++screen_cur_row;
8079 screen_cur_col = 0;
8082 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8083 if (i > 0)
8086 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8087 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8088 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8090 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8092 while (i-- > 0)
8093 out_char(*T_ND);
8095 else
8097 int off;
8099 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8100 while (i-- > 0)
8102 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8103 screen_stop_highlight();
8104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8105 out_flush_check();
8106 #endif
8107 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8109 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8110 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8111 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8112 #endif
8113 ++off;
8119 else
8120 cost = 999;
8122 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8124 if (noinvcurs)
8125 screen_stop_highlight();
8126 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8127 *T_CRI != NUL)
8128 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8129 else
8130 term_windgoto(row, col);
8132 screen_cur_row = row;
8133 screen_cur_col = col;
8138 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8140 void
8141 setcursor()
8143 if (redrawing())
8145 validate_cursor();
8146 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8147 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8148 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8149 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8150 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8151 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8152 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8153 (has_mbyte
8154 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8155 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8156 # endif
8157 1)) :
8158 #endif
8159 curwin->w_wcol));
8165 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8166 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8167 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8168 * scrolling.
8169 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8172 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8173 win_T *wp;
8174 int row;
8175 int line_count;
8176 int invalid;
8177 int mayclear;
8179 int did_delete;
8180 int nextrow;
8181 int lastrow;
8182 int retval;
8184 if (invalid)
8185 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8187 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8188 return FAIL;
8190 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8191 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8193 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8194 if (retval != MAYBE)
8195 return retval;
8198 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8199 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8200 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8201 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8203 did_delete = FALSE;
8204 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8205 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8207 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8208 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8209 did_delete = TRUE;
8210 else if (wp->w_next)
8211 return FAIL;
8213 #endif
8215 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8217 if (!did_delete)
8219 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8220 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8221 #endif
8222 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8223 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8224 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8225 if (lastrow > Rows)
8226 lastrow = Rows;
8227 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8228 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8229 ' ', ' ', 0);
8232 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8233 == FAIL)
8235 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8236 if (did_delete)
8238 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8239 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8240 #endif
8241 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8243 return FAIL;
8246 return OK;
8250 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8251 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8252 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8253 * scrolling
8254 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8257 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8258 win_T *wp;
8259 int row;
8260 int line_count;
8261 int invalid;
8262 int mayclear;
8264 int retval;
8266 if (invalid)
8267 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8269 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8270 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8272 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8273 if (retval != MAYBE)
8274 return retval;
8276 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8277 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8278 return FAIL;
8280 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8282 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8283 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8285 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8287 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8288 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8290 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8291 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8295 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8296 * command line later.
8298 else
8299 #endif
8300 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8301 return OK;
8305 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8306 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8307 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8309 static int
8310 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8311 win_T *wp;
8312 int row;
8313 int line_count;
8314 int mayclear;
8315 int del;
8317 int retval;
8319 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8320 return FAIL;
8322 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8323 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8324 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8325 && wp->w_width == Columns
8326 #endif
8329 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8330 return FAIL;
8334 * Delete all remaining lines
8336 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8338 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8339 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8340 ' ', ' ', 0);
8341 return OK;
8345 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8346 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8348 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8351 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8352 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8353 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8354 * win_line().
8355 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8356 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8357 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8359 if (scroll_region
8360 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8361 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8362 #endif
8365 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8366 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8367 #endif
8368 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8369 if (del)
8370 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8371 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8372 else
8373 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8374 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8375 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8376 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8377 #endif
8378 scroll_region_reset();
8379 return retval;
8382 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8383 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8384 return FAIL;
8385 #endif
8387 return MAYBE;
8391 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8393 static void
8394 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8395 win_T *wp;
8397 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8398 while (wp != NULL)
8399 #else
8400 if (wp != NULL)
8401 #endif
8403 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8404 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8405 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8406 wp = wp->w_next;
8407 #endif
8409 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8413 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8414 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8415 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8416 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8417 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8418 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8419 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8423 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8425 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8426 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8427 #define USE_T_AL 3
8428 #define USE_T_CE 4
8429 #define USE_T_DL 5
8430 #define USE_T_SR 6
8431 #define USE_NL 7
8432 #define USE_T_CD 8
8433 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8436 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8437 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8438 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8439 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8441 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8444 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8445 int off;
8446 int row;
8447 int line_count;
8448 int end;
8449 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8451 int i;
8452 int j;
8453 unsigned temp;
8454 int cursor_row;
8455 int type;
8456 int result_empty;
8457 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8460 * FAIL if
8461 * - there is no valid screen
8462 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8463 * - the line count is less than one
8464 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8466 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8467 return FAIL;
8470 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8471 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8472 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8473 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8474 * the insert is just empty lines
8475 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8476 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8477 * at once.
8478 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8479 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8480 * 1.
8481 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8482 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8483 * just empty lines.
8484 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8485 * just empty lines.
8486 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8487 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8488 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8490 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8491 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8492 * exists.
8494 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8495 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8496 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8497 type = USE_REDRAW;
8498 else
8499 #endif
8500 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8501 type = USE_T_CD;
8502 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8503 type = USE_T_CAL;
8504 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8505 type = USE_T_CDL;
8506 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8507 type = USE_T_AL;
8508 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8509 type = USE_T_CE;
8510 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8511 type = USE_T_DL;
8512 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8513 type = USE_T_SR;
8514 else
8515 return FAIL;
8518 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8519 * care of t_db if necessary.
8521 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8522 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8523 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8526 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8527 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8528 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8530 if (*T_DB)
8531 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8533 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8534 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8535 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8536 if (off + row > 0
8537 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8538 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8539 # endif
8541 clip_clear_selection();
8542 else
8543 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8544 #endif
8546 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8547 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8548 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8549 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8550 #endif
8552 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8553 cursor_row = row;
8554 else
8555 cursor_row = row + off;
8558 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8559 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8561 row += off;
8562 end += off;
8563 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8565 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8566 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8568 /* need to copy part of a line */
8569 j = end - 1 - i;
8570 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8571 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8572 j += line_count;
8573 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8574 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8575 else
8576 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8577 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8579 else
8580 #endif
8582 j = end - 1 - i;
8583 temp = LineOffset[j];
8584 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8586 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8587 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8589 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8590 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8591 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8592 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8593 else
8594 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8598 screen_stop_highlight();
8599 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8601 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8602 /* redraw the characters */
8603 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8604 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8605 else
8606 #endif
8607 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8609 term_append_lines(line_count);
8610 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8612 else
8614 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8616 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8618 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8619 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8620 out_str(T_AL);
8622 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8623 out_str(T_SR);
8624 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8629 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8630 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8632 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8634 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8636 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8637 out_str(T_CE);
8638 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8642 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8643 gui_can_update_cursor();
8644 if (gui.in_use)
8645 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8646 #endif
8647 return OK;
8651 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8652 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8653 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8654 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8656 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8658 /*ARGSUSED*/
8660 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8661 int off;
8662 int row;
8663 int line_count;
8664 int end;
8665 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8666 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8668 int j;
8669 int i;
8670 unsigned temp;
8671 int cursor_row;
8672 int cursor_end;
8673 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8674 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8675 int type;
8678 * FAIL if
8679 * - there is no valid screen
8680 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8681 * - the line count is less than one
8682 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8684 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8685 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8686 return FAIL;
8689 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8691 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8694 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8695 * available.
8697 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8700 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8701 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8702 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8703 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8704 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8705 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8706 * none of the other ways work.
8707 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8708 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8709 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8711 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8712 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8713 type = USE_REDRAW;
8714 else
8715 #endif
8716 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8717 type = USE_T_CD;
8718 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8720 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8721 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8722 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8723 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8724 * the trick...
8725 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8726 * (Olaf Seibert)
8728 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8729 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8730 #else
8731 else if (row == 0 && (
8732 #ifndef AMIGA
8733 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8734 * up, so use delete-line command */
8735 line_count == 1 ||
8736 #endif
8737 *T_CDL == NUL))
8738 #endif
8739 type = USE_NL;
8740 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8741 type = USE_T_CDL;
8742 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8743 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8744 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8745 #endif
8747 type = USE_T_CE;
8748 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8749 type = USE_T_DL;
8750 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8751 type = USE_T_CDL;
8752 else
8753 return FAIL;
8755 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8756 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8757 * not the full width of the screen. */
8758 if (off + row > 0
8759 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8760 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8761 # endif
8763 clip_clear_selection();
8764 else
8765 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8766 #endif
8768 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8769 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8770 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8771 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8772 #endif
8774 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8776 cursor_row = row;
8777 cursor_end = end;
8779 else
8781 cursor_row = row + off;
8782 cursor_end = end + off;
8786 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8787 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8789 row += off;
8790 end += off;
8791 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8793 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8794 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8796 /* need to copy part of a line */
8797 j = row + i;
8798 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8799 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8800 j -= line_count;
8801 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8802 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8803 else
8804 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8805 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8807 else
8808 #endif
8810 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8811 j = row + i;
8812 temp = LineOffset[j];
8813 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8815 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8816 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8818 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8819 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8820 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8821 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8822 else
8823 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8827 screen_stop_highlight();
8829 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8830 /* redraw the characters */
8831 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8832 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8833 else
8834 #endif
8835 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8837 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8838 out_str(T_CD);
8839 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8841 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8843 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8844 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8845 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8848 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8849 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8850 * last line.
8852 else if (type == USE_NL)
8854 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8855 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8856 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8858 else
8860 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8862 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8864 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8865 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8867 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8869 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8870 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8872 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8877 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8878 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8880 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8882 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8884 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8885 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8886 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8891 gui_can_update_cursor();
8892 if (gui.in_use)
8893 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8894 #endif
8896 return OK;
8900 * show the current mode and ruler
8902 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8903 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8904 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8905 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8908 showmode()
8910 int need_clear;
8911 int length = 0;
8912 int do_mode;
8913 int attr;
8914 int nwr_save;
8915 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8916 int sub_attr;
8917 #endif
8919 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8920 && ((State & INSERT)
8921 || restart_edit
8922 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8923 || VIsual_active
8924 #endif
8926 if (do_mode || Recording)
8929 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8930 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8931 * it takes a bit of time.
8933 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8935 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8936 return 0;
8939 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8941 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8942 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8944 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8945 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8946 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8947 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
8949 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8950 msg_pos_mode();
8951 cursor_off();
8952 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
8953 if (do_mode)
8955 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8956 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8957 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
8958 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8959 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8960 # else
8961 if (
8962 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
8963 preedit_get_status()
8964 # else
8965 im_get_status()
8966 # endif
8968 # endif
8969 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8970 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8971 # else
8972 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8973 # endif
8974 #endif
8975 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8976 if (gui.in_use)
8978 if (hangul_input_state_get())
8979 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
8981 #endif
8982 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8983 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
8985 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
8986 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
8987 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
8988 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8989 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
8990 if (length > 0)
8992 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8993 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
8994 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
8996 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8997 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
8998 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9000 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9002 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9003 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9004 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9005 else
9006 sub_attr = attr;
9007 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9010 length = 0;
9012 else
9013 #endif
9015 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9016 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9017 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9018 else
9019 #endif
9020 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9021 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9022 else if (State & INSERT)
9024 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9025 if (p_ri)
9026 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9027 #endif
9028 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9030 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9031 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9032 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9033 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9034 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9035 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9036 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9037 if (p_hkmap)
9038 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9039 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9040 if (p_fkmap)
9041 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9042 # endif
9043 #endif
9044 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9045 if (State & LANGMAP)
9047 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9048 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9049 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9050 else
9051 # endif
9052 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9054 #endif
9055 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9056 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9058 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9059 if (VIsual_active)
9061 char *p;
9063 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9064 * problems. */
9065 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9066 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9067 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9069 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9070 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9071 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9072 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9073 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9074 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9076 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9078 #endif
9079 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9082 need_clear = TRUE;
9084 if (Recording
9085 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9086 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9087 #endif
9090 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9091 need_clear = TRUE;
9094 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9095 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9096 msg_clr_eos();
9097 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9098 length = msg_col;
9099 msg_col = 0;
9100 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9102 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9103 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9104 msg_clr_cmdline();
9106 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9107 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9108 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9109 if (VIsual_active)
9110 clear_showcmd();
9111 # endif
9113 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9114 * message and must be redrawn */
9115 if (redrawing()
9116 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9117 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9118 # endif
9120 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9121 #endif
9122 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9123 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9125 return length;
9129 * Position for a mode message.
9131 static void
9132 msg_pos_mode()
9134 msg_col = 0;
9135 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9139 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9140 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9141 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9143 void
9144 unshowmode(force)
9145 int force;
9148 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9150 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9151 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9152 else
9154 msg_pos_mode();
9155 if (Recording)
9156 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9157 msg_clr_eos();
9161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9163 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9165 static void
9166 draw_tabline()
9168 int tabcount = 0;
9169 tabpage_T *tp;
9170 int tabwidth;
9171 int col = 0;
9172 int scol = 0;
9173 int attr;
9174 win_T *wp;
9175 win_T *cwp;
9176 int wincount;
9177 int modified;
9178 int c;
9179 int len;
9180 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9181 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9182 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9183 char_u *p;
9184 int room;
9185 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9186 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9187 && !gui.in_use
9188 #endif
9191 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9193 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9194 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9195 if (gui_use_tabline())
9197 gui_update_tabline();
9198 return;
9200 #endif
9202 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9203 return;
9205 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9207 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9208 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9209 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9211 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9212 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9214 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9216 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9217 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9218 called_emsg = FALSE;
9219 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9220 if (called_emsg)
9221 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9222 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9223 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9225 else
9226 #endif
9228 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9229 ++tabcount;
9231 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9232 if (tabwidth < 6)
9233 tabwidth = 6;
9235 attr = attr_nosel;
9236 tabcount = 0;
9237 scol = 0;
9238 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9239 tp = tp->tp_next)
9241 scol = col;
9243 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9244 attr = attr_sel;
9245 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9246 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9248 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9249 attr = attr_nosel;
9251 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9253 if (tp == curtab)
9255 cwp = curwin;
9256 wp = firstwin;
9258 else
9260 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9261 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9264 modified = FALSE;
9265 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9266 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9267 modified = TRUE;
9268 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9270 if (wincount > 1)
9272 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9273 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9274 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9275 break;
9276 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9277 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9278 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9279 #else
9280 attr
9281 #endif
9283 col += len;
9285 if (modified)
9286 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9287 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9290 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9291 if (room > 0)
9293 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9294 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9295 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9296 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9297 p = NameBuff;
9298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9299 if (has_mbyte)
9300 while (len > room)
9302 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9303 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9305 else
9306 #endif
9307 if (len > room)
9309 p += len - room;
9310 len = room;
9312 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9313 len = Columns - col - 1;
9315 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9316 col += len;
9318 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9320 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9321 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9322 ++tabcount;
9323 while (scol < col)
9324 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9327 if (use_sep_chars)
9328 c = '_';
9329 else
9330 c = ' ';
9331 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9333 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9334 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9336 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9337 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9341 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9342 * set. */
9343 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9347 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9348 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9350 void
9351 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9352 buf_T *buf;
9354 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9355 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9356 else
9357 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9358 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9360 #endif
9362 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9364 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9366 static int
9367 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9368 int *attr;
9369 int is_curwin;
9371 int fill;
9372 if (is_curwin)
9374 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9375 fill = fill_stl;
9377 else
9379 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9380 fill = fill_stlnc;
9382 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9383 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9384 * current window */
9385 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9386 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9387 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9388 return fill;
9389 if (is_curwin)
9390 return '^';
9391 return '=';
9393 #endif
9395 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9397 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9398 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9400 static int
9401 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9402 int *attr;
9404 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9405 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9406 return '|';
9407 else
9408 return fill_vert;
9410 #endif
9413 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9416 redrawing()
9418 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9419 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9423 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9426 messaging()
9428 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9432 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9433 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9435 void
9436 showruler(always)
9437 int always;
9439 if (!always && !redrawing())
9440 return;
9441 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9442 if (pum_visible())
9444 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9445 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9446 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9447 # endif
9448 return;
9450 #endif
9451 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9452 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9454 redraw_custum_statusline(curwin);
9456 else
9457 #endif
9458 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9459 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9460 #endif
9462 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9463 if (need_maketitle
9464 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9465 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9466 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9467 # endif
9469 maketitle();
9470 #endif
9471 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9472 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9473 if (redraw_tabline)
9474 draw_tabline();
9475 #endif
9478 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9479 static void
9480 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9481 win_T *wp;
9482 int always;
9484 char_u buffer[70];
9485 int row;
9486 int fillchar;
9487 int attr;
9488 int empty_line = FALSE;
9489 colnr_T virtcol;
9490 int i;
9491 int o;
9492 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9493 int this_ru_col;
9494 int off = 0;
9495 int width = Columns;
9496 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9497 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9498 #else
9499 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9500 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9501 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9502 #endif
9504 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9505 if (!p_ru)
9506 return;
9509 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9510 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9512 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9513 return;
9515 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9516 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9517 * the (long) mode message. */
9518 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9519 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9520 # endif
9521 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9522 return;
9523 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9524 if (pum_visible())
9525 return;
9526 #endif
9528 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9529 if (*p_ruf)
9531 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9533 called_emsg = FALSE;
9534 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9535 if (called_emsg)
9536 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9537 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9538 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9539 return;
9541 #endif
9544 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9546 if (!(State & INSERT)
9547 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9548 empty_line = TRUE;
9551 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9553 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9554 if ( redraw_cmdline
9555 || always
9556 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9557 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9558 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9560 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9561 #endif
9562 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9563 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9564 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9565 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9566 #endif
9567 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9569 cursor_off();
9570 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9571 if (wp->w_status_height)
9573 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9574 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9575 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9576 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9577 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9578 # endif
9580 else
9581 #endif
9583 row = Rows - 1;
9584 fillchar = ' ';
9585 attr = 0;
9586 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9587 width = Columns;
9588 off = 0;
9589 #endif
9592 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9593 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9594 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9596 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9597 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9598 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9602 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9603 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9605 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,",
9606 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9607 ? 0L
9608 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9609 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer),
9610 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9611 (int)virtcol + 1);
9614 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9615 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9616 * screen up on some terminals).
9618 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9619 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1);
9620 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9621 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9622 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9623 #endif
9624 ++o;
9625 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9626 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9627 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9628 this_ru_col = 0;
9629 #endif
9630 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9631 * half for the filename. */
9632 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9633 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9634 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9636 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9639 if (has_mbyte)
9640 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9641 else
9642 #endif
9643 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9644 ++o;
9646 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i);
9648 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9650 if (has_mbyte)
9652 o = 0;
9653 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9655 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9656 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9658 buffer[i] = NUL;
9659 break;
9663 else
9664 #endif
9665 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9666 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9668 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9669 i = redraw_cmdline;
9670 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9671 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9672 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9673 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9674 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9675 redraw_cmdline = i;
9676 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9677 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9678 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9679 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9680 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9681 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9682 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9683 #endif
9686 #endif
9688 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9690 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9691 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9692 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9695 number_width(wp)
9696 win_T *wp;
9698 int n;
9699 linenr_T lnum;
9701 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9702 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9703 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9704 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9706 n = 0;
9709 lnum /= 10;
9710 ++n;
9711 } while (lnum > 0);
9713 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9714 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9715 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9717 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9718 return n;
9720 #endif